08.11.2014 Views

Wireless Sensor and Actuator Networks for Lighting Energy ...

Wireless Sensor and Actuator Networks for Lighting Energy ...

Wireless Sensor and Actuator Networks for Lighting Energy ...

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

<strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Actuator</strong> <strong>Networks</strong> <strong>for</strong> <strong>Lighting</strong> <strong>Energy</strong> Efficiency <strong>and</strong> User<br />

Satisfaction<br />

by<br />

Yao-Jung Wen<br />

B.S. (National Taiwan University) 1999<br />

M.S. (University of Cali<strong>for</strong>nia, Berkeley) 2004<br />

A dissertation submitted in partial satisfaction of the<br />

requirements <strong>for</strong> the degree of<br />

Doctor of Philosophy<br />

in<br />

Engineering-Mechanical Engineering<br />

in the<br />

Graduate Division<br />

of the<br />

University of Cali<strong>for</strong>nia, Berkeley<br />

Committee in charge:<br />

Professor Alice M. Agogino, Chair<br />

Professor David M. Ausl<strong>and</strong>er<br />

Professor Edward Arens<br />

Fall 2008


<strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Actuator</strong> <strong>Networks</strong> <strong>for</strong> <strong>Lighting</strong> <strong>Energy</strong> Efficiency <strong>and</strong> User<br />

Satisfaction<br />

© 2008<br />

by Yao-Jung Wen


Abstract<br />

<strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Actuator</strong> <strong>Networks</strong> <strong>for</strong> <strong>Lighting</strong> <strong>Energy</strong> Efficiency <strong>and</strong> User<br />

Satisfaction<br />

by<br />

Yao-Jung Wen<br />

Doctor of Philosophy in Engineering-Mechanical Engineering<br />

University of Cali<strong>for</strong>nia, Berkeley<br />

Professor Alice M. Agogino, Chair<br />

Buildings consume more than one third of the primary energy generated in the<br />

U.S., <strong>and</strong> lighting alone accounts <strong>for</strong> approximately 30% of the energy usage in<br />

commercial buildings. As the largest electricity consumer of all building electrical<br />

systems, lighting harbors the greatest potential <strong>for</strong> energy savings in the commercial<br />

sector. Fifty percent of current energy consumption could be reduced with energyefficient<br />

lighting management strategies. While commercial products do exist, they are<br />

poorly received due to exorbitant retrofitting cost <strong>and</strong> unsatisfactory per<strong>for</strong>mance. As a<br />

result, most commercial buildings, especially legacy buildings, have not taken<br />

advantage of the opportunity to generate savings from lighting. The emergence of<br />

wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator network (WSAN) technologies presents an alternative that<br />

circumvents costly rewiring <strong>and</strong> promises better per<strong>for</strong>mance than existing commercial<br />

lighting systems.<br />

The goal of this dissertation research is to develop a framework <strong>for</strong> wirelessnetworked<br />

lighting systems with increased cost effectiveness, energy efficiency, <strong>and</strong><br />

1


user satisfaction. This research is realized through both theoretical developments <strong>and</strong><br />

implementations. The theoretical research aims at developing techniques <strong>for</strong> harnessing<br />

WSAN technologies to lighting hardware <strong>and</strong> control strategies. Leveraging<br />

redundancy, a sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm is developed <strong>for</strong> extracting<br />

pertinent lighting in<strong>for</strong>mation from the disturbance-prone desktop-mounted<br />

photosensors. An adaptive sensing strategy optimizes the timing of data acquisition <strong>and</strong><br />

power-hungry wireless transmission of sensory feedback in real-time lighting control.<br />

Exploiting the individual addressability of wireless-enabled luminaires, a lighting<br />

optimization algorithm is developed to create the optimal lighting that minimizes<br />

energy usage while satisfying occupants’ diverse lighting preferences.<br />

The wireless-networked lighting system was implemented <strong>and</strong> tested in a<br />

number of real-life settings. A human subject study conducted in a private office<br />

concluded that the research system was competitive with the commercial lighting<br />

system with much fewer retrofitting requirements. The system implemented in a sharedspace<br />

office realized a self-configuring mesh network with wireless photosensors <strong>and</strong><br />

light actuators, <strong>and</strong> demonstrated a 50% energy savings <strong>and</strong> increased per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

when harvesting daylight through windows is possible. The cost analysis revealed a<br />

reasonable payback period after the system is optimized <strong>for</strong> commercialization <strong>and</strong><br />

confirms the marketing feasibility.<br />

______________________________<br />

Professor Alice M. Agogino<br />

Dissertation Committee Chair<br />

2


To my wife <strong>for</strong> having faith in me as I pursued my doctoral degree.<br />

To my parents <strong>and</strong> gr<strong>and</strong>parents <strong>for</strong> their unconditional love <strong>and</strong> support.<br />

i


Acknowledgements<br />

I would like to thank my research advisor Professor Alice Agogino <strong>for</strong> her<br />

immense support <strong>and</strong> advice during the course of this dissertation research. I would also<br />

like to acknowledge the support I have received from my research partners, members in<br />

my research laboratory, friends in my department, <strong>and</strong> the funding agencies that made<br />

this research possible. In particular, Dr. J. Gr<strong>and</strong>erson was a great mentor <strong>and</strong> a<br />

valuable partner throughout the research. MS recipient J. Bonnell’s productive <strong>and</strong><br />

creative work was invaluable to the presented research. Dr. K. Goebel, undergraduates<br />

J. Kim, A. Lahijaniain, M. Podust, I. Gurin, <strong>and</strong> K. Yeates have all made contributions<br />

that benefited this research. Dr. J.-L. Wu <strong>and</strong> Ph.D. c<strong>and</strong>idate C.-H. Jiang were<br />

incredible consultants <strong>for</strong> programming <strong>and</strong> analysis approach. General Electric Global<br />

Research, the UC Office of the Microelectronics Innovation <strong>and</strong> Computer Research<br />

Opportunities (MICRO), VTT Technical Research Centre of Finl<strong>and</strong>, the <strong>Energy</strong><br />

Innovation Small Grant of the Public Interest <strong>Energy</strong> Research (PIER) program, <strong>and</strong> the<br />

UC Berkeley Chancellor’s Green Campus Fund were the funding agencies that have<br />

kept the research project developing. The generous support from P. Black, R. Abesamis,<br />

E. Ito, M. Largoza, <strong>and</strong> S. Castro of the UC Berkeley Physical Plant - Campus Service<br />

were instrumental in making the system implementation of this research happen.<br />

ii


Table of Contents<br />

Chapter 1 Introduction ............................................................................................1<br />

1.1 Research Goal ..................................................................................................1<br />

1.2 Research System Architecture ..........................................................................2<br />

1.3 Research Method..............................................................................................4<br />

1.3.1 Theoretical Development...........................................................................4<br />

1.3.2 Implementations ........................................................................................6<br />

1.3.3 Verification of Theoretical Works with Implementations ...........................8<br />

1.4 Research Scope...............................................................................................10<br />

1.5 Research Contributions...................................................................................11<br />

1.6 Dissertation Outline........................................................................................12<br />

Chapter 2 Motivation.............................................................................................14<br />

2.1 <strong>Energy</strong> Efficiency of <strong>Lighting</strong> in Commercial Buildings.................................14<br />

2.1.1 Environmental Impact of Commercial Buildings......................................15<br />

2.1.2 <strong>Lighting</strong> Control Strategies <strong>and</strong> Potential Savings....................................16<br />

2.1.3 Challenges of Current Technologies.........................................................18<br />

2.2 <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong> ..............................................................................20<br />

2.2.1 Characteristics of <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> Nodes.................................................20<br />

2.2.2 Characteristics of <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>............................................22<br />

2.2.3 Popular Applications of <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong> ................................................24<br />

2.2.4 <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Actuator</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>...................................................26<br />

Chapter 3 Related Research <strong>and</strong> Literature Review ............................................28<br />

iii


3.1 Next-Generation <strong>Energy</strong>-Efficient <strong>Lighting</strong> Systems ......................................28<br />

3.2 Light Sensing <strong>and</strong> Actuation Using <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Networks</strong> ..................................30<br />

3.3 <strong>Sensor</strong> Fusion .................................................................................................33<br />

3.4 Fuzzy Set <strong>and</strong> Fuzzy Logic.............................................................................37<br />

3.5 Optimization <strong>and</strong> Linear Programming...........................................................42<br />

Chapter 4 Mote-FVF: Fuzzy Validation <strong>and</strong> Fusion <strong>for</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>..........45<br />

4.1 Rationale ........................................................................................................45<br />

4.2 Fuzzy Approach <strong>for</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> Validation <strong>and</strong> Fusion .........................................46<br />

4.3 Algorithm <strong>and</strong> Mathematical Detail................................................................47<br />

4.4 Simulation <strong>and</strong> Experiment Results ................................................................55<br />

4.4.1 Hardware <strong>and</strong> Environment Setup............................................................55<br />

4.4.2 Tuning the Parameters of the mote-FVF Algorithm..................................56<br />

4.4.3 Simulation <strong>and</strong> Real-time Testing Results................................................57<br />

Chapter 5 Autonomous Sensing with Adaptive Sensing Rate ..............................61<br />

5.1 Rationale ........................................................................................................61<br />

5.2 Algorithm <strong>and</strong> Mathematical Detail................................................................63<br />

5.3 Simulation <strong>and</strong> Experiment Results ................................................................74<br />

Chapter 6 Optimal <strong>Lighting</strong> Actuation .................................................................80<br />

6.1 Rationale ........................................................................................................80<br />

6.2 Open-loop <strong>Lighting</strong> Optimization Algorithm..................................................81<br />

6.3 <strong>Lighting</strong> Optimization Algorithm with <strong>Sensor</strong>y Feedback...............................87<br />

6.4 Simulation <strong>and</strong> Experiment Results ................................................................89<br />

6.4.1 Open-loop <strong>Lighting</strong> Optimization Algorithm ...........................................91<br />

iv


6.4.2 <strong>Lighting</strong> Optimization Algorithm with <strong>Sensor</strong>y Feedback........................94<br />

Chapter 7 <strong>Wireless</strong>-Enabled <strong>Lighting</strong> Component Design <strong>and</strong> Integration........96<br />

7.1 Overview........................................................................................................96<br />

7.2 Mote Photosensor Design ...............................................................................96<br />

7.3 Mote-based Ballast Actuation Module Design ................................................99<br />

7.3.1 Design Requirement Identification...........................................................99<br />

7.3.2 Design Iterations....................................................................................101<br />

7.4 Initial Implementation on Prototyping Luminaire Structure...........................107<br />

7.4.1 Prototyping Luminaire Structure ............................................................108<br />

7.4.2 Desktop Illuminance Regulation with Distributed Mote-FVF Algorithm109<br />

Chapter 8 System Verification on Human Subjects............................................115<br />

8.1 Overview......................................................................................................115<br />

8.2 System Setup................................................................................................117<br />

8.2.1 Hardware Implementation in Small Private Office .................................119<br />

8.2.2 <strong>Lighting</strong> Controller <strong>and</strong> Overriding Mechanism.....................................121<br />

8.3 <strong>Sensor</strong> Placement Test..................................................................................124<br />

8.3.1 Objective ...............................................................................................124<br />

8.3.2 Testing Procedure ..................................................................................124<br />

8.3.3 Results <strong>and</strong> Discussion...........................................................................125<br />

8.4 Comparison of System Per<strong>for</strong>mance <strong>and</strong> User Interface................................133<br />

8.4.1 Objective ...............................................................................................133<br />

8.4.2 Testing Procedure ..................................................................................134<br />

8.4.3 Results <strong>and</strong> Discussion...........................................................................136<br />

v


Chapter 9 System Implementation <strong>and</strong> Verification in a Shared-Space Office.141<br />

9.1 Overview......................................................................................................141<br />

9.2 Integrated Intelligent <strong>Lighting</strong> System ..........................................................142<br />

9.3 <strong>Energy</strong> Savings Assessment..........................................................................155<br />

9.3.1 User Interface <strong>and</strong> Power Measurement .................................................155<br />

9.3.2 Long-term <strong>Energy</strong> Savings.....................................................................157<br />

9.4 Daylight Response........................................................................................161<br />

9.4.1 Experiment Setup...................................................................................161<br />

9.4.2 Artificial Daylighting Generation...........................................................162<br />

9.4.3 Testing results........................................................................................164<br />

9.4.4 Discussion .............................................................................................177<br />

9.5 Commercial Implication ...............................................................................179<br />

9.5.1 Payback Period – Current <strong>and</strong> Projected Payback Period........................179<br />

9.5.2 Commercialization Bottleneck ...............................................................184<br />

Chapter 10 Conclusion <strong>and</strong> Future Research.......................................................188<br />

10.1 Conclusion ...................................................................................................188<br />

10.1.1 <strong>Wireless</strong>-enabled <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Actuator</strong> .................................................189<br />

10.1.2 <strong>Sensor</strong> Validation <strong>and</strong> Fusion <strong>for</strong> <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>................190<br />

10.1.3 Autonomous Sensing with Adaptive Rate.............................................191<br />

10.1.4 Optimized <strong>Lighting</strong> Actuation <strong>and</strong> Control...........................................192<br />

10.1.5 Human Subject Testing........................................................................193<br />

10.1.6 Integrated <strong>Wireless</strong>-enabled Intelligent <strong>Lighting</strong> System......................194<br />

10.2 Contribution .................................................................................................195<br />

vi


10.2.1 Theoretical Contributions.....................................................................196<br />

10.2.2 Applications-oriented Contribution ......................................................197<br />

10.3 Future Research............................................................................................198<br />

10.3.1 Preference Modeling <strong>and</strong> Acquisition...................................................199<br />

10.3.2 Integration with Other Sensing <strong>and</strong> Actuation Options.........................200<br />

10.3.3 Integration with Other <strong>Lighting</strong> <strong>Energy</strong> Management Strategies...........201<br />

10.3.4 Integration with the Building Management System ..............................202<br />

10.3.5 Application of the Proposed Framework in Other Domain ...................203<br />

References padding ...............................................................................................206<br />

Appendix padding ................................................................................................224<br />

Appendix A<br />

Electronic Circuit Schematics........................................................224<br />

A.1 Circuit Schematics of Photosensor Board <strong>for</strong> MICA <strong>and</strong> MICA2.............224<br />

A.2 Circuit Schematics of Photosensor Board <strong>for</strong> Tmote Sky..........................225<br />

A.3 Circuit Schematics of the First Generation <strong>Wireless</strong> Actuation Module....226<br />

A.4 Circuit Schematics of the Second Generation <strong>Wireless</strong> Actuation Module227<br />

A.5 Circuit Schematics of the Third Generation <strong>Wireless</strong> Actuation Module ..228<br />

Appendix B Human Subject Test .......................................................................229<br />

B.1 Complete <strong>Sensor</strong> Placement Test Data .....................................................229<br />

B.2 Comparison of System Per<strong>for</strong>mance <strong>and</strong> User Interface Test Procedure ...233<br />

B.3 Summary of the Responses from the Questionnaires ................................235<br />

B.4 Human Subject Test Approval Letter........................................................237<br />

B.5 Human Subject Test Protocol Narrative....................................................239<br />

B.6 Human Subject Test Consent Form ..........................................................248<br />

vii


B.7 Human Subject Test Questionnaire...........................................................251<br />

B.8 Human Subject Test Interview Script .......................................................255<br />

Appendix C Cost Analysis .................................................................................256<br />

C.1 Average Illuminance Calculation Sheet....................................................256<br />

C.2 Example of System Payback Period Calculation.......................................258<br />

viii


List of Figures<br />

Figure 1-1 Research system architecture........................................................................3<br />

Figure 2-1 Primary energy consumption in commerical buildings. ..............................15<br />

Figure 2-2 Primary energy expenditure in commercial buildings. ................................15<br />

Figure 2-3 <strong>Energy</strong> consumption in commercial sector. ................................................16<br />

Figure 2-4 <strong>Energy</strong> usage in office buildings.................................................................16<br />

Figure 2-5 <strong>Wireless</strong> sensor plat<strong>for</strong>ms <strong>and</strong> sensor boards..............................................22<br />

Figure 4-1 Mote-FVF algorithm architecture...............................................................48<br />

Figure 4-2 Gaussian correlation curve. ........................................................................50<br />

Figure 4-3 Membership functions <strong>for</strong> defining the center of validation curve...............52<br />

Figure 4-4 Fuzzy centered validation curve. ................................................................52<br />

Figure 4-5 Membership functions <strong>for</strong> determining the adaptive parameter . ..............54<br />

Figure 4-6 Mote-FVF with median value majority voting scheme. ..............................58<br />

Figure 4-7 Mote-FVF with Gaussian correlation majority voting scheme. ...................58<br />

Figure 4-8 Comparison of variations of sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm...........60<br />

Figure 5-1 Mechanism <strong>for</strong> adaptive sampling [92].......................................................63<br />

Figure 5-2 Architecture of adaptive sensing rate algorithm..........................................63<br />

Figure 5-3 Prediction per<strong>for</strong>mance of Kalman filtering................................................66<br />

Figure 5-4 Adaptive Wiener filter................................................................................66<br />

Figure 5-5 Prediction per<strong>for</strong>mance of adaptive Wiener filtering...................................68<br />

Figure 5-6 Prediction per<strong>for</strong>mance of double exponential smoothing...........................69<br />

Figure 5-7 Membership functions <strong>for</strong> determining sensing rate....................................71<br />

ix


Figure 5-8 Membership functions <strong>for</strong> determining sensing rate with damping. ............73<br />

Figure 5-9 Adaptive sensing with Kalman filtering predictive model...........................75<br />

Figure 5-10 Adaptive sensing with Wiener filtering predictive model..........................75<br />

Figure 5-11 Adaptive sensing with double exponential smoothing predictive model....76<br />

Figure 5-12 Damped adaptive sensing with Kalman filtering predictive model............77<br />

Figure 5-13 Damped adaptive sensing with Wiener filtering predictive model.............78<br />

Figure 5-14 Damped adaptive sensing with double exponential smoothing predictive<br />

model. .................................................................................................................78<br />

Figure 6-1 Architecture of the optimal lighting actuation algorithm.............................82<br />

Figure 6-2 Workplane level illuminance distribution model.........................................83<br />

Figure 6-3 <strong>Lighting</strong> optimization with sensory feedback. ............................................88<br />

Figure 6-4 Pseudo code of the lighting optimization algorithm with sensory feedback.90<br />

Figure 6-5 Floor plan of the experiment office.............................................................91<br />

Figure 6-6 Optimal lighting <strong>for</strong> scenario 1...................................................................92<br />

Figure 6-7 Optimal lighting <strong>for</strong> scenario 2...................................................................93<br />

Figure 6-8 Optimal lighting with sensory feedback......................................................95<br />

Figure 7-1 Spectral response of Hamamatsu 7686 photodiode [100]............................97<br />

Figure 7-2 Calibration curve of the mote photosensor..................................................99<br />

Figure 7-3 Advance Mark VII characterization curve. ...............................................101<br />

Figure 7-4 First generation wireless ballast actuation module....................................103<br />

Figure 7-5 First generation wireless ballast actuation module operation logic............103<br />

Figure 7-6 Second generation wireless ballast actuation module................................104<br />

Figure 7-7 Second generation wireless ballast actuation module operation logic........104<br />

x


Figure 7-8 Voltage divider. .......................................................................................105<br />

Figure 7-9 Third generation wireless ballast actuation module...................................106<br />

Figure 7-10 Third generation wireless ballast actuation module operation logic.........106<br />

Figure 7-11 Prototyping Luminaire Structure. ...........................................................109<br />

Figure 7-12 Long term desktop illuminance regulation..............................................112<br />

Figure 7-13 Desktop illuminance setpoint tracking....................................................114<br />

Figure 8-1 Private office layout.................................................................................118<br />

Figure 8-2 Installation of the wireless ballast actuation module. ................................120<br />

Figure 8-3 Deployment of system components. .........................................................120<br />

Figure 8-4 GUI provided by the research system. ......................................................123<br />

Figure 8-5 H<strong>and</strong>held remote controller provided by the commercial system. .............123<br />

Figure 8-6 <strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 2............................................................127<br />

Figure 8-7 <strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 3............................................................128<br />

Figure 8-8 <strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 7............................................................128<br />

Figure 8-9 <strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 9............................................................129<br />

Figure 8-10 <strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 10........................................................130<br />

Figure 9-1 Floor plan of the small shared-space office...............................................143<br />

Figure 9-2 <strong>Wireless</strong>-enabled dimming luminaire. ......................................................144<br />

Figure 9-3 System operation diagram. .......................................................................145<br />

Figure 9-4 Office lighting after retrofitted with the research system...........................147<br />

Figure 9-5 Actuation message structure.....................................................................150<br />

Figure 9-6 Grouping message structure. ....................................................................150<br />

Figure 9-7 Status report message structure.................................................................152<br />

xi


Figure 9-8 Beacon message structure.........................................................................153<br />

Figure 9-9 <strong>Sensor</strong> message structure..........................................................................154<br />

Figure 9-10 <strong>Sensor</strong> management message structure. ..................................................155<br />

Figure 9-11 User interface on the Kiosk [107]...........................................................156<br />

Figure 9-12 <strong>Lighting</strong> preset setting interface [107]. ...................................................157<br />

Figure 9-13 Average hourly percent utilization of the lighting system [107]..............159<br />

Figure 9-14 Average hourly power consumption [107]..............................................159<br />

Figure 9-15 Daylight simulating structure. ................................................................163<br />

Figure 9-16 Daylight harvesting test on four occupants. ............................................165<br />

Figure 9-17 Simulated daylight output <strong>for</strong> the first case.............................................165<br />

Figure 9-18 <strong>Sensor</strong> readings in the first case..............................................................167<br />

Figure 9-19 Percentage of energy consumption in the first case.................................168<br />

Figure 9-20 Daylight harvesting test on seven occupants...........................................169<br />

Figure 9-21 Simulated daylight output <strong>for</strong> the second case. .......................................169<br />

Figure 9-22 <strong>Sensor</strong> readings in the second case (1)....................................................171<br />

Figure 9-23 <strong>Sensor</strong> readings in the second case (2)....................................................172<br />

Figure 9-24 Percentage of energy consumption in the second case. ...........................172<br />

Figure 9-25 Measured daylight fluctuation. ...............................................................173<br />

Figure 9-26 Light output from the daylight simulating structure. ...............................174<br />

Figure 9-27 <strong>Sensor</strong> readings in the third scenario (1).................................................175<br />

Figure 9-28 <strong>Sensor</strong> readings in the third scenario (2).................................................176<br />

Figure 9-29 Percentage of energy consumption in the third scenario..........................177<br />

Figure 9-30 <strong>Energy</strong> savings vs. payback period with current system cost...................183<br />

xii


Figure 9-31 <strong>Energy</strong> savings vs. payback period with projected system cost. ..............183<br />

Figure 9-32 Dimmable ballast unit prices vs. payback periods...................................185<br />

Figure 9-33 Photodiode unit prices vs. payback periods.............................................186<br />

Figure 9-34 <strong>Wireless</strong> plat<strong>for</strong>m unit prices vs. payback periods. .................................187<br />

xiii


Chapter 1<br />

Introduction<br />

1.1 Research Goal<br />

This research concerns the development of a wireless-enabled energy-efficient<br />

lighting system <strong>for</strong> commercial office buildings. The system resulting from this research<br />

is expected to meet the following three criteria with respect to the current technologies:<br />

(1) increased cost effectiveness, (2) increased energy efficiency, <strong>and</strong> (3) increased user<br />

satisfaction <strong>and</strong> lighting quality.<br />

Buildings consume more than one third of the total primary energy generated in<br />

the US, two thirds of which is electricity [1]. <strong>Lighting</strong> alone accounts <strong>for</strong> 30% of the<br />

energy usage in office buildings, <strong>and</strong> it contributes to the largest proportion of energy<br />

consumption among all electrical systems [2]. The statistics imply that lighting<br />

dominates the potential of energy savings from the commercial sector, <strong>and</strong> research on<br />

energy-efficient lighting systems is necessary <strong>for</strong> achieving the highest possible<br />

reduction in energy consumption.<br />

<strong>Energy</strong>-efficient lighting systems have been introduced to the market, but have<br />

not been widely adopted. Despite their occasional unsatisfying per<strong>for</strong>mance, the<br />

primary barrier hindering the existing products from popularization is the exorbitant<br />

retrofitting ef<strong>for</strong>t <strong>and</strong> rewiring cost, especially <strong>for</strong> legacy buildings. The emergence of<br />

wireless sensor network technologies provides an alternative that circumvents costly<br />

rewiring [3] <strong>and</strong> promises even better per<strong>for</strong>mance than existing commercial lighting<br />

systems.<br />

1


The integration of wireless sensor network technologies into energy-efficient<br />

lighting systems is immature <strong>and</strong> still largely under development. Although wirelessenabled<br />

lighting systems benefit from low retrofitting overhead, advanced technologies<br />

are required to take full advantage of the wireless sensing <strong>and</strong> actuation capabilities <strong>and</strong><br />

to guarantee the per<strong>for</strong>mance. This research aims at developing a framework <strong>for</strong><br />

bridging new wireless sensor network technologies <strong>and</strong> typical lighting systems to<br />

achieve cost effectiveness <strong>and</strong> energy efficiency.<br />

1.2 Research System Architecture<br />

The architecture of the wireless-enabled energy efficient lighting system is<br />

shown in Figure 1-1. The system comprises wireless photosensors, wireless-enabled<br />

ballast actuators, <strong>and</strong> intelligent algorithms <strong>for</strong> processing sensor readings <strong>and</strong><br />

determining the optimal lighting, which minimizes energy usage while satisfying<br />

occupants’ lighting preferences.<br />

The wireless photosensors mounted on the desktops measure the task<br />

illuminance on the worksurface, which may be contributed by the combination of<br />

artificial light <strong>and</strong> daylight. The photosensors are deployed directly onto or around the<br />

desktops in the vicinity of the occupants by taking advantage of the ultimate miniature<br />

size of the wireless sensor network technologies. Unlike the typical ceiling-mounted<br />

photosensors, the desktop-mounted sensors see the light that the occupants perceive,<br />

<strong>and</strong> hence result in better estimations of the actual illuminance.<br />

2


Figure 1-1 Research system architecture.<br />

The tiny sensors on the desktops are, however, prone to disturbances from the<br />

occupants. Moreover, they are powered by batteries, which have limited life spans.<br />

There<strong>for</strong>e, the robustness of the sensor readings is guaranteed by leveraging redundancy<br />

along with an intelligent sensor fusion algorithm to extract pertinent values from<br />

multiple sensors while isolating faulty readings.<br />

The intelligent lighting optimization algorithm takes into account the<br />

representative fused sensor values, the occupancy status, <strong>and</strong> the present occupants’<br />

lighting preferences to determine the optimal light settings <strong>for</strong> the luminaires. The<br />

3


esulting lighting is optimal in the sense that it minimizes energy usage while satisfying<br />

the lighting preferences specified by each occupant.<br />

The optimal light settings are transmitted wirelessly to the wireless-enabled<br />

ballast actuators, which in turn dim the lights or toggle the lights on/off to deliver the<br />

desired lighting.<br />

1.3 Research Method<br />

The work in this research was realized with a combination of theoretical<br />

developments, hardware integration, <strong>and</strong> implementations. The theoretical research –<br />

including sensor fusion, adaptive sensing <strong>and</strong> lighting optimization – is to develop tools<br />

<strong>for</strong> engaging the wireless sensor network technologies with the lighting hardware <strong>and</strong><br />

control strategies. The wireless capabilities of the components in the lighting system<br />

were enabled through the integration of wireless plat<strong>for</strong>ms with lighting hardware, such<br />

as photosensors <strong>and</strong> ballast actuators. A series of implementations were realized <strong>for</strong><br />

testing <strong>and</strong> verifying each aspect of this research as well as the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the<br />

integrated system.<br />

1.3.1 Theoretical Development<br />

This part of the research applies <strong>and</strong> incorporates various concepts, including<br />

fuzzy logic, prediction theory, smoothing method <strong>and</strong> optimization, to develop a<br />

theoretical framework <strong>for</strong> harnessing the wireless sensor network technologies to<br />

lighting control systems. The resulting three algorithms are: fuzzy sensor validation <strong>and</strong><br />

4


fusion, autonomous sensing with adaptive rate, <strong>and</strong> the optimal lighting actuation. The<br />

algorithms are designed to be lightweight <strong>and</strong> computational tractable in view of<br />

practicability <strong>for</strong> real-time operation in lighting control systems.<br />

The fuzzy sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm is developed <strong>for</strong> extracting<br />

pertinent sensor readings from multiple sensors in close proximity while rejecting<br />

readings from faulty or disturbed sensors. In the research system the novel idea of<br />

deploying small photosensors directly on the workplanes <strong>for</strong> better estimating desktop<br />

illuminances also introduces the increased possibility of the sensors being disturbed by<br />

the occupants. Moreover, since steady power <strong>for</strong> the sensors is usually not conveniently<br />

available on the desktops, the photosensors have to run on batteries, which adds to the<br />

unreliability of the sensors. Given these uncertainties, the reliability of the lighting<br />

measurement needs to be guaranteed by leveraging redundancy along with sensor<br />

validation <strong>and</strong> fusion. The sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm utilizes the theories of<br />

fuzzy logic <strong>and</strong> exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) to validate each<br />

sensor reading <strong>and</strong> draw the most representative value from multiple sensors.<br />

The autonomous sensing with adaptive rate algorithm adds another layer of<br />

intelligence to each sensor node by dynamically adapting the sensing rate to the change<br />

of the physical stimulus <strong>for</strong> better resolution of sensor in<strong>for</strong>mation. In the application of<br />

lighting control, the readings from the photosensors have to be transmitted in real time<br />

<strong>for</strong> the control system to respond promptly to the daylight changes. Daylight may<br />

remain steady <strong>for</strong> a long period of time, but may change rapidly during the day. Given<br />

the fact that the most costly operation of a wireless sensor node is radio transmission [4,<br />

5], it is energy-efficient to adjust the sensing rate so that the sensor nodes per<strong>for</strong>m data<br />

5


acquisition <strong>and</strong> wireless transmission in accordance with the change of daylight. The<br />

adaptive sensing algorithm employs prediction theories <strong>and</strong> the simple exponential<br />

smoothing method to detect the change of daylight, <strong>and</strong> adapts the sensing rate with a<br />

set of fuzzy rules.<br />

The optimal lighting actuation algorithm optimizes the light settings <strong>for</strong> each<br />

luminaire to minimize the overall energy usage while delivering the desired lighting<br />

specified by present occupants. People have diverse lighting preferences <strong>and</strong><br />

requirements [6, 7], which are not possible to satisfy with a single universal light<br />

setting. Exploiting the individual controllability of the wirelessly enabled luminaires,<br />

each lighting fixture can be actuated at a different level to deliver optimal lighting that<br />

meets all the occupants’ requirements. While the lighting is driven by the occupants’<br />

preferences, energy consumption is also minimized during the optimization. The<br />

optimal lighting actuation algorithm applies the theory of optimization <strong>and</strong> <strong>for</strong>mulates<br />

lighting control into a linear programming problem with minimizing energy<br />

consumption as the objective function <strong>and</strong> satisfying occupants’ lighting preferences as<br />

the constraints.<br />

1.3.2 Implementations<br />

This part of the work concerns designing the hardware <strong>for</strong> enabling wireless<br />

capabilities of the lighting control components as well as building prototyping systems<br />

<strong>for</strong> verifying different aspects of the theoretical framework. Photosensor boards are<br />

designed to attach to the wireless plat<strong>for</strong>ms to function as wireless photosensors, <strong>and</strong><br />

wireless actuation modules integrated with wireless plat<strong>for</strong>ms are developed <strong>for</strong><br />

6


interfacing <strong>and</strong> controlling the dimmable ballasts. The research system is realized<br />

through a series of implementations from a prototyping luminaire structure, to a private<br />

office, to a small share-space office with increased scale <strong>and</strong> complexity. Each of the<br />

realizations serves a different purpose <strong>and</strong> makes a unique contribution to the research.<br />

Photosensors <strong>and</strong> ballast actuators are an integral component of the research<br />

system. Both the photosensors <strong>and</strong> the ballast actuators are integrated with wireless<br />

plat<strong>for</strong>ms known as ‘smart motes’. The wireless photosensor possesses a response<br />

similar to a human eye so as to accurately estimate the illuminance on the desktop <strong>and</strong><br />

transmit the readings over the radio. The ballast actuator is an add-on actuation module<br />

interfacing with the dimmable ballast. The actuation module receives wireless actuation<br />

comm<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> translates them into ballast control signals to dim the lights or toggle the<br />

lights on/off.<br />

The first implementation of the research system was realized on a prototyping<br />

single-luminaire structure equipped with a dimmable ballast. Due to the simplicity of<br />

the structure, it is highly configurable <strong>for</strong> various purposes <strong>and</strong> has served as a testbed<br />

<strong>for</strong> verifying ideas, developing prototypes, <strong>and</strong> testing algorithms along the course of<br />

this research. The wireless photosensors, the developed sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion<br />

algorithm, the wireless ballast actuators, <strong>and</strong> a simple closed-loop wireless lighting<br />

control system were tested using this structure.<br />

A private office with four luminaires was retrofitted with the research system as<br />

the second implementation. A sensor network <strong>for</strong> measuring desktop illuminance <strong>and</strong> an<br />

actuator network <strong>for</strong> actuating the four dimmable luminaires were realized. Both<br />

networks were implemented with simple networking protocols <strong>and</strong> were coordinated by<br />

7


a central base computer <strong>for</strong> sensor data collection <strong>and</strong> control action management. This<br />

office was implemented particularly <strong>for</strong> a set of human subject tests designed <strong>for</strong><br />

comparing the research system <strong>and</strong> a representative commercial daylighting system.<br />

The third implementation was realized in a small shared-space office with 19<br />

overhead fluorescent lights. The luminaires were retrofitted with wireless ballast<br />

actuators, <strong>and</strong> an advanced networking protocol was en<strong>for</strong>ced <strong>for</strong> a practical selfconfiguring<br />

multihop wireless actuator network. Individual control of each of the<br />

luminaires was also enabled to deliver a lighting condition satisfying all the occupants.<br />

This implementation was meant to test the complete integrated energy-efficient lighting<br />

system developed in this research <strong>and</strong> also serve as the testbed <strong>for</strong> future development.<br />

1.3.3 Verification of Theoretical Works with Implementations<br />

The theoretical advancements developed in this research were integrated with<br />

the implementations <strong>for</strong> evaluating the functionalities <strong>and</strong> per<strong>for</strong>mances. In addition to<br />

assessing each of the research components individually, three integrative tests were<br />

conducted on the implemented systems, including lighting control with distributed<br />

sensor fusion, user testing, <strong>and</strong> integrated optimal lighting control.<br />

The study of lighting control with distributed sensor fusion was first conducted<br />

on the prototyping luminaire structure. The fuzzy sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm<br />

originally designed <strong>for</strong> processing on a central computing base was deployed to the<br />

photosensor nodes so as to avoid massive <strong>and</strong> costly wireless transmissions of every<br />

single sensor reading. The sensor readings were transmitted inside the cluster of sensors<br />

with relatively short distance <strong>and</strong> low power, <strong>and</strong> were fused by the sensor node in<br />

8


charge. Only the fused value had to be sent out of each sensor cluster <strong>for</strong> control<br />

purposes. The luminaire structure was made into an illuminance regulating system,<br />

where the wireless ballast actuator was embedded with a rule-based control law that<br />

regulates the desktop illuminance at a designated level using the fused sensor readings<br />

as feedback. In other words, the resulting system was fully autonomous without any<br />

central computing unit coordinating the sensing <strong>and</strong> actuation actions.<br />

A user test, to be conducted in the private office implementation, was designed<br />

to study the following two topics: (1) the impact on the accuracy <strong>and</strong> pertinence of the<br />

fused value delivered by the sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm if the sensor<br />

locations are selected by the occupants, <strong>and</strong> (2) the comparison of the research system<br />

with a representative commercial daylighting system in terms of various aspects<br />

regarding overriding interfaces <strong>and</strong> system per<strong>for</strong>mances. Ten people were recruited to<br />

participate in the study. The results from the first test were to indicate how to better<br />

incorporate the sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion into the research lighting system. The<br />

conclusion drawn from the second test was to show how to make the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the<br />

research system more appealing from a user’s st<strong>and</strong>point.<br />

The per<strong>for</strong>mance of the integrated optimal lighting control was evaluated in the<br />

small shared-space office implementation, where most of the components developed<br />

through this research were integrated together <strong>for</strong> an overall assessment. Photosensors<br />

were deployed onto the workplanes to <strong>for</strong>m a wireless sensor network. The sensor<br />

readings were transmitted to the central base station <strong>for</strong> calculating the light settings <strong>for</strong><br />

each luminaire optimized <strong>for</strong> minimal energy usage <strong>and</strong> maximal user satisfaction. The<br />

9


optimal light settings were in turn sent to the ballast actuators in the luminaires so as to<br />

deliver the desired lighting.<br />

1.4 Research Scope<br />

The development of an energy-efficient wireless lighting system involves<br />

incorporating the knowledge of both wireless sensor networks <strong>and</strong> lighting control<br />

strategies, each of which is supported by a devoted research community. This<br />

dissertation is meant <strong>for</strong> bridging these two technologies <strong>and</strong> demonstrating the<br />

feasibility <strong>and</strong> benefits of such an integrated lighting system. The work within the scope<br />

of this dissertation is broken into the following three primary sets:<br />

(1) Development of application level technologies <strong>for</strong> harnessing wireless sensor <strong>and</strong><br />

actuator networks to lighting management systems.<br />

(2) Feasibility demonstration of interfacing lighting control components with<br />

wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator technologies.<br />

(3) Implementation of the integrated energy-efficient lighting system.<br />

The development of application level technologies takes full advantage of the<br />

wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator networks <strong>for</strong> lighting management, including wireless<br />

communication capability, massive deployment potential, <strong>and</strong> individual addressability<br />

<strong>and</strong> controllability. The emphasis on application level technologies implies that the<br />

concerns of lower level wireless networking protocols <strong>and</strong> architecture, such as media<br />

access control (MAC), duty cycle optimization, synchronization, etc., are beyond the<br />

scope of this research. The development of efficient lower level networking protocols is<br />

10


a popular active research area [8-13], upon which the technologies developed in this<br />

research are built.<br />

The work of interfacing lighting control components with wireless sensor <strong>and</strong><br />

actuator network technologies is meant to demonstrate practicability <strong>and</strong> realize the<br />

research system as defined in the third research area. Although the prototyping lighting<br />

components are also designed to be compact with the most suitable, economical <strong>and</strong><br />

environmental-friendly elements, it is clear that they can be further optimized if the<br />

components were to be mass-produced <strong>for</strong> commercialization.<br />

1.5 Research Contributions<br />

This dissertation introduces a framework <strong>for</strong> energy-efficient wireless lighting<br />

systems in hopes of providing high quality office lighting while mitigating global<br />

warming by reducing lighting energy consumption. This research has made both<br />

theoretical <strong>and</strong> applications oriented contributions.<br />

The theoretical contributions have been made mainly through the theoretical<br />

developments of this research. The algorithms developed are optimized <strong>and</strong> practical <strong>for</strong><br />

real-time applications. The fuzzy sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm <strong>and</strong> the<br />

autonomous sensing with adaptive rate algorithm can be generalized <strong>for</strong> various sensing<br />

applications. For example, the sensor fusion algorithm has been applied to structural<br />

health monitoring <strong>for</strong> space vehicles in [14]. The optimal lighting actuation algorithm<br />

can also be extended <strong>for</strong> systems with multiple actuators to achieve the optimal<br />

per<strong>for</strong>mance. Moreover, this research also pioneered in exploring <strong>and</strong> demonstrating the<br />

11


possibility of wireless actuator networks, which uses wireless sensor network<br />

technologies <strong>for</strong> actuation.<br />

This dissertation also shows the feasibility of the wireless networked lighting<br />

system through the implementations during the research, <strong>and</strong> it demonstrates the<br />

possibility of delivering satisfying lighting while minimizing energy usage. The<br />

wireless-integrated lighting components promise a lower retrofitting cost <strong>and</strong> hence a<br />

shorter payback period that is more likely to meet the five-year payback period criterion<br />

acceptable to facility managers <strong>for</strong> adopting energy efficient products [15].<br />

Furthermore, the ability to simultaneously minimize energy consumption <strong>and</strong> satisfy<br />

each occupant’s lighting preferences points to the potential of the system being widely<br />

adopted to generate savings.<br />

1.6 Dissertation Outline<br />

This chapter served as an overview of this dissertation <strong>and</strong> addressed the<br />

research goals, introduced the system architecture, laid out the research methods,<br />

defined the scope, <strong>and</strong> summarized the contributions. Having provided the big picture,<br />

the following chapters detail each aspect of this dissertation research.<br />

Chapter two <strong>and</strong> three lay down the foundation <strong>and</strong> background of this<br />

dissertation research. Chapter two states the motivation of this research from an energy<br />

st<strong>and</strong>point <strong>and</strong> introduces wireless sensor networks, the core technology applied in this<br />

research on energy-efficient <strong>and</strong> cost-effective lighting systems. Chapter three reviews<br />

related research <strong>and</strong> literature on techniques utilized in the course of this research.<br />

12


Chapters four through six present the theoretical development of bridging<br />

wireless sensor/actuator networks <strong>and</strong> lighting systems. Chapter four details the sensor<br />

validation <strong>and</strong> fusion technology developed <strong>for</strong> guaranteeing pertinent sensory<br />

in<strong>for</strong>mation from networked <strong>and</strong> redundantly deployed wireless sensors. Chapter five<br />

proposes the sensing strategy that adapts the sensing rate to the change of the stimulus,<br />

the daylight, so as to facilitate more efficient sensor data acquisition <strong>and</strong> wireless<br />

communication. Chapter six describes the algorithm <strong>for</strong> lighting actuation, which<br />

optimizes energy usage <strong>and</strong> satisfies occupants’ lighting preferences.<br />

Chapters seven through nine depict the implementation <strong>and</strong> verification of the<br />

developed system. Chapter seven details the design of wireless light sensors <strong>and</strong><br />

actuators as well as the initial implementation of the wirelessly enabled lighting system<br />

on a prototyping luminaire structure. Chapter eight describes the implementation of<br />

both the research lighting system <strong>and</strong> a representative commercial lighting system in a<br />

small private office <strong>and</strong> compares various aspects of systems on human subjects.<br />

Chapter nine presents a larger scale implementation in a shared-space office in which<br />

real occupants work on a daily basis <strong>and</strong> demonstrates potential energy savings that<br />

could be achieved with the research lighting system.<br />

Chapter ten concludes the dissertation with detailed discussions of the<br />

contributions <strong>and</strong> commercial implications of this research <strong>and</strong> points out future<br />

research directions that could build on the research presented in this dissertation.<br />

13


Chapter 2<br />

Motivation<br />

The motivations of this dissertation research are described in this chapter.<br />

<strong>Lighting</strong> has been one of the major energy consumers among all electric systems in<br />

buildings, <strong>and</strong> is a promising source <strong>for</strong> generating energy savings. The challenges of<br />

current lighting management strategies are discussed to signify the need <strong>for</strong> new<br />

lighting control technologies. <strong>Wireless</strong> sensor networks, the core technology that is<br />

applied in this research on energy-efficient <strong>and</strong> cost-effective lighting systems are also<br />

introduced in this chapter.<br />

2.1 <strong>Energy</strong> Efficiency of <strong>Lighting</strong> in Commercial Buildings<br />

<strong>Lighting</strong> has become one of the most important sources <strong>for</strong> generating energy<br />

savings in commercial buildings. In fact, lighting accounts <strong>for</strong> 26% primary energy<br />

consumption <strong>and</strong> 22% of primary energy expenditure in commercial buildings, topping<br />

all other building systems as shown in Figure 2-1 <strong>and</strong> Figure 2-2 [16]. 40-50% of<br />

energy savings may be achieved with a combination of energy efficient lighting<br />

management strategies [17-19]. Commercial energy-efficient lighting products exist but<br />

are poorly received due to exorbitant retrofitting costs <strong>and</strong> unsatisfying per<strong>for</strong>mances.<br />

There<strong>for</strong>e, new technologies are necessary <strong>for</strong> revising <strong>and</strong> popularizing energyefficient<br />

lighting control systems to actually deliver the expected energy savings.<br />

14


Figure 2-1 Primary energy consumption in commerical buildings.<br />

Figure 2-2 Primary energy expenditure in commercial buildings.<br />

2.1.1 Environmental Impact of Commercial Buildings<br />

<strong>Lighting</strong> consumes more than 2,000 terawatt-hours (TWh) of electricity<br />

globally, which corresponds to about 1,800 million metric tons of carbon dioxide (CO 2 )<br />

emissions per year, <strong>and</strong> 48% of the lighting electricity is attributed to the commercial<br />

sector [18]. In the United Stats, the 640 TWh lighting electricity dem<strong>and</strong> in buildings<br />

alone contributes to about 115 million metric tons of carbon dioxide emissions per year<br />

[16], which accounts <strong>for</strong> almost 40% of greenhouse gas emissions [20].<br />

Office buildings are the single largest energy user in the commercial sector as<br />

shown in Figure 2-3, <strong>and</strong> can there<strong>for</strong>e play a major role in increasing energy efficiency<br />

15


[21]. <strong>Lighting</strong> accounts <strong>for</strong> 30% of energy usage in office buildings, which assumes the<br />

largest portion of energy usage as shown in Figure 2-4, <strong>and</strong> hence dominates the<br />

potential of energy savings [2].<br />

Figure 2-3 <strong>Energy</strong> consumption in commercial sector.<br />

Figure 2-4 <strong>Energy</strong> usage in office buildings.<br />

2.1.2 <strong>Lighting</strong> Control Strategies <strong>and</strong> Potential Savings<br />

Various lighting control strategies have been developed, including daylight<br />

harvesting, light level tuning, occupancy sensing, time switching <strong>and</strong> load shedding.<br />

The maximum potential lighting energy savings is estimated to be 40-50% with a<br />

combination of properly functioning control strategies [17-19].<br />

16


Light level tuning generates energy savings by reducing the electric light level<br />

away from the recommended st<strong>and</strong>ard according to occupants’ lighting preferences.<br />

Researchers have identified significantly diverse lighting preferences <strong>and</strong> requirements<br />

among individuals [6, 7], <strong>and</strong> an average savings between 15% <strong>and</strong> 25% has been<br />

observed by allowing the lights to be tuned to occupants’ choices [22, 23].<br />

Occupancy sensing strategies switches off lights automatically after a short<br />

predefined period when no human presence is detected by the occupancy sensor. This<br />

technology is by far the most implemented energy-efficient lighting control strategy,<br />

which is adopted by 60% of the commercial offices in both new <strong>and</strong> existing<br />

constructions. The average savings of using scheduling alone is 25% on average [19],<br />

<strong>and</strong> the estimated potential savings <strong>for</strong> open-plane offices is in the range of 5-35%<br />

according to various government organizations <strong>and</strong> manufacturers [24].<br />

A time switching strategy toggles or dims the lights according to a predefined<br />

schedule, <strong>and</strong> is usually implemented on building energy management systems <strong>and</strong><br />

lighting automation panels [25]. This control strategy is good <strong>for</strong> premises with fixed<br />

business hours such as libraries, retail stores, museums, etc. However, modern flexible<br />

working patterns make it difficult to set a fixed schedule <strong>for</strong> implementing this<br />

technology in offices [26].<br />

Load shedding is an important modern energy management practice in which<br />

electricity consumers voluntarily cut down energy usage during peak dem<strong>and</strong> hours in<br />

order to prevent brownout or blackout due to power capacity shortages. This technology<br />

is usually in effect <strong>for</strong> a short period of time during the day, <strong>and</strong> is not designed to<br />

generate significant contributions to energy savings.<br />

17


Table 2-1 summarizes each of the control strategies [19, 25, 26].<br />

Table 2-1 Summary of energy efficient lighting management strategies.<br />

<strong>Lighting</strong> control<br />

strategy<br />

Strategy definition<br />

Potential energy<br />

savings<br />

Adoption percentage<br />

in commercial offices<br />

New<br />

Retrofit<br />

Daylight harvesting<br />

(daylight-response,<br />

daylight-linking)<br />

Automatically dim the electric<br />

light or toggle the electric light off<br />

in response to increased daylight<br />

level<br />

35-40% in daylit<br />

areas<br />

12% averaged over<br />

the entire area<br />

11.7% 7.5%<br />

Light level tuning<br />

Adjust electric light level<br />

according to occupants’ preference<br />

15-25% - -<br />

Occupancy sensing<br />

Automatically turn off lights after<br />

space is vacated<br />

25% compared to<br />

manual switching<br />

61.7% 59.7%<br />

Time switching<br />

Automatically dim or switch off<br />

lights according to a predefined<br />

schedule<br />

- 54.3% 41.5%<br />

Load shedding<br />

(dem<strong>and</strong> response)<br />

Voluntarily reduce light levels<br />

during peak dem<strong>and</strong> period N/A - -<br />

2.1.3 Challenges of Current Technologies<br />

Although the lighting control strategies introduced in the previous section may<br />

introduce more than 40% of energy savings, most of them have not been widely<br />

adopted in commercial buildings, resulting in a missed opportunity <strong>for</strong> significant<br />

energy savings. In fact, each of the control strategies has specific shortcomings that lead<br />

to unaf<strong>for</strong>dable costs or unsatisfying per<strong>for</strong>mances.<br />

The difficulty of implementing a daylight harvesting system lies in the<br />

complexity of design <strong>and</strong> commissioning. Poor operations can easily result from<br />

improper zoning <strong>and</strong> inappropriate sensor locations [26]. A single photosensor can only<br />

18


e used to control the lights in areas receiving similar amount of daylight so as to ensure<br />

the same light level within the controlled zone. The locations of the photosensors need<br />

to be carefully chosen according to the type of control algorithms to maintain the<br />

required task illuminance. Commissioning the daylighting systems requires expertise<br />

<strong>and</strong> is time-consuming, especially <strong>for</strong> calibrating the photosensors to respond correctly<br />

to the light changes on the workplanes [27]. Various factors have to be taken into<br />

account in order to result in good per<strong>for</strong>mance. These include the reflectance of the<br />

furniture <strong>and</strong> interior, the ceiling/task illuminance ratio, the incident angle of daylight,<br />

the maximum possible reception of daylight, etc. The extra commissioning expense on<br />

top of the high installing/retrofitting cost makes the already expensive daylight<br />

responsive systems even more economically unattractive.<br />

Light level tuning only works <strong>for</strong> private offices with a single occupant, since<br />

current technology on the market cannot balance the competing lighting preferences of<br />

multiple occupants. There<strong>for</strong>e, it is not possible to satisfy each occupant’s lighting<br />

preference with this control strategy in shared-space offices, let alone generate energy<br />

savings. For the occupancy sensing technology, unwanted switching off while people<br />

are present has always threatened to render the sensing system obsolete. People would<br />

rather rollback to manual switching of the lights than be bothered by the sudden falseoffs,<br />

<strong>and</strong> consequently energy savings are jeopardized. The initial cost is also identified<br />

as a barrier to the wide adoption of this technology [19, 25, 26].<br />

In summary, exorbitant initial costs, complicated implementation, <strong>and</strong><br />

commonly poor per<strong>for</strong>mances prohibit daylight harvesting control strategy from<br />

widespread adoption. Moreover, a lack of proper technologies renders energy savings<br />

19


from light level tuning impossible <strong>for</strong> open-space offices. In response, this dissertation<br />

research aimed at developing a framework <strong>for</strong> lighting systems exploiting wireless<br />

sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator network technologies to circumvent excessive retrofitting costs. The<br />

resulting lighting system generates energy savings by harvesting daylight while<br />

satisfying the diverse lighting preferences of each occupant in a shared-space office.<br />

2.2 <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong><br />

The idea of ‘Smart Dust’ wireless sensor networks was first proposed by a<br />

research team in the University of Cali<strong>for</strong>nia at Berkeley in 1999 as a futuristic mesh<br />

network comprised of dust-sized processing <strong>and</strong> communication units based on MEMS<br />

(Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems) technology [28]. These smart sensors would be<br />

capable of being massively deployed to any kind of environment <strong>and</strong> to self-organize<br />

into networks <strong>for</strong> monitoring purposes. Although not yet at the micro-scale, the wireless<br />

sensor network technologies have been identified as a promising solution <strong>for</strong> advanced<br />

building operation systems to circumvent costly installation <strong>and</strong> rewiring, particularly in<br />

legacy buildings [3].<br />

2.2.1 Characteristics of <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> Nodes<br />

A wireless sensor node in general comprises a microcontroller, a radio<br />

transceiver, a sensor or a suite of sensors, memory spaces, <strong>and</strong> an energy source. The<br />

operating system residing in the microcontroller coordinates all the other components to<br />

accomplish sensing <strong>and</strong> wireless communication activities. The energy source generally<br />

20


has very limited energy <strong>and</strong> provides power to all the components of a sensor node.<br />

Since the wireless sensor nodes usually rely on limited power sources such as batteries,<br />

operating at very low duty cycle becomes the most distinguishing characteristic of the<br />

nodes. In other words, the sensor nodes will constantly turn off components not in use,<br />

such as the radio transceiver <strong>and</strong> sensors, <strong>and</strong> enter into, <strong>and</strong> stay at, the low-power<br />

mode (usually referred to as the sleeping mode) as often as possible.<br />

In typical operation, the microcontroller wakes up from the low-power mode<br />

<strong>and</strong> acquires sensor readings from the sensor suite either periodically or upon request.<br />

Depending on the nature of the sensing tasks, the microcontroller may decide to send<br />

out the readings as soon as they are acquired or temporarily store them in the memory<br />

<strong>for</strong> sending out in batch later on. When the microcontroller is ready <strong>for</strong> wireless<br />

transmission, it powers up the radio transceiver to the transmission mode <strong>and</strong> sends out<br />

the queued data. The radio transceiver may then be switched to the receiving mode to<br />

listen to acknowledgement or other messages. As soon as the microcontroller makes<br />

sure there is no more wireless communication required, it turns off the radio transceiver<br />

<strong>and</strong> enters the low-power mode again.<br />

While truly miniature plat<strong>for</strong>ms are still under development, millimeter-scale<br />

‘motes’ <strong>and</strong> the surrounding network technologies have been maturing over the past<br />

years <strong>and</strong> are now commercially available [29-33]. Several generations <strong>and</strong> variations<br />

of smart motes exist by putting together commercially available electronic components,<br />

including a microcontroller, a wireless transceiver, memories, <strong>and</strong> possibly some<br />

sensors. These units can be configured with a variety of sensors appropriate to specific<br />

sensing applications. In particular, three different generations of mote plat<strong>for</strong>ms are<br />

21


used in the progress of this research <strong>and</strong> are configured with customized sensor boards<br />

to function as photosensors. All three modules operate on TinyOS, an operating system<br />

designed specifically <strong>for</strong> resource-constrained wireless sensors [34]. Figure 2-5 (a), (b),<br />

<strong>and</strong> (c) show the first, second, <strong>and</strong> third mote module used in this research respectively<br />

with the customized sensor board attached. They have very similar functionalities with<br />

minor variations on microcontroller, radio transceiver, <strong>and</strong> programming interfaces.<br />

Table 2-2 compares the specification of the three mote modules.<br />

(a) MICA (b) MICA2 (c) Tmote Sky<br />

Figure 2-5 <strong>Wireless</strong> sensor plat<strong>for</strong>ms <strong>and</strong> sensor boards.<br />

2.2.2 Characteristics of <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong><br />

<strong>Wireless</strong> sensor networks are distinguishable from ad hoc networks by the<br />

following features [10]:<br />

• The number of sensor nodes in a sensor network can be significantly higher.<br />

• <strong>Sensor</strong> nodes are densely deployed.<br />

• <strong>Sensor</strong> nodes are prone to failures.<br />

22


• The topology of a sensor network may change frequently.<br />

• <strong>Sensor</strong> nodes mainly use broadcast communication paradigm.<br />

• <strong>Sensor</strong> nodes have limited power, computational capability <strong>and</strong> memory.<br />

• <strong>Sensor</strong> nodes may not have global identification.<br />

The emphasis on sensor in the term wireless sensor networks makes them very<br />

application-specific. The type <strong>and</strong> specification of sensors vary with applications, which<br />

also affect how a sensor network is deployed.<br />

Table 2-2 Comparison of sensor plat<strong>for</strong>m specifications.<br />

Mote Module MICA MICA2 Tmote Sky<br />

Processor Per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

Speed 4 MHz 4 MHz 8MHz<br />

Flash 128K bytes 128K bytes 48K bytes<br />

SRAM 4K bytes 512K bytes 1024K bytes<br />

EEPROM 4K bytes 4K bytes 10 K bytes<br />

Analog to Digital Converter 10 bit ADC 10 bit ADC 12 bit ADC<br />

Processor Current Draw<br />

Active 5.5 mA 8 mA 0.5 mA<br />

Sleep


are expected to autonomously configure into a connected network to relay in<strong>for</strong>mation<br />

to the data sink. Under circumstances where the wireless connection is compromised<br />

due to noisy links, malfunctioning nodes or moving nodes, the network should be able<br />

to hop onto different carrier frequencies or rebuild routing paths to ensure the<br />

connectivity. Furthermore, as a consequence of the dense deployment <strong>and</strong> the failureprone<br />

nature of the wireless sensor nodes, the in<strong>for</strong>mation these nodes can observe has<br />

become much more important than the reading from any particular node.<br />

2.2.3 Popular Applications of <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong><br />

Technologies surrounding wireless sensor networks have become attractive<br />

research areas. Active research topics include the development of networking protocol<br />

stack, hardware, operating systems, communication privacy <strong>and</strong> security, localization,<br />

simulator, data aggregation <strong>and</strong> processing methods, energy scavenging, applications<br />

<strong>and</strong> deployment, <strong>and</strong> so on.<br />

The progress of MEMS <strong>and</strong> CMOS (complementary metal-oxidesemiconductor)<br />

processing technology is the key to the ultimate dust-sized wireless<br />

sensor nodes that integrate the components onto a single chip [35]. Researchers have<br />

been devoted to the design <strong>and</strong> fabrication of components such as low power RF<br />

transceivers [36] <strong>and</strong> sensors [37, 38] based on these technologies. Be<strong>for</strong>e the<br />

technology becomes mature enough to deliver the single-chip dust sensors, researchers<br />

<strong>and</strong> manufacturers have developed a variety of matchbox-sized macro wireless sensor<br />

plat<strong>for</strong>ms, generally referred to as motes, by integrating off-the-shelf components.<br />

24


MICA mote [31], Tmote Sky [29], BTnodes [39], Intel Mote [40], Dust <strong>Networks</strong> [41],<br />

Sensicast [42] are a few examples.<br />

The networking protocol <strong>for</strong> wireless sensor networks follows the typical ISO<br />

OSI (open system interconnection) seven layer model – physical, data link, network,<br />

transport, session, presentation <strong>and</strong> application layers. The first three layers (physical,<br />

data link, <strong>and</strong> network) have attracted the most attention since they are more generic to<br />

all applications whereas the other layers are more application-specific. The key issue <strong>for</strong><br />

the physical layer is st<strong>and</strong>ardization. Physical layer protocols that support wireless<br />

sensor networks include Bluetooth (IEEE 802.15.1), IEEE 802.15.4, IEEE 802.15.4a,<br />

ultra-wideb<strong>and</strong> (UWB), etc.; IEEE 802.15.4 currently dominates the market <strong>and</strong> is the<br />

building block of other mesh networking technologies such as Zigbee. Research on the<br />

data link layer mostly focuses on MAC (medium access control) protocols <strong>for</strong> high<br />

communication throughput under ultra low duty cycle operation such as LEACH [12],<br />

<strong>Sensor</strong>-MAC (S-MAC) [9], DMAC [8], B-MAC [13], etc. Network layer concerns<br />

energy-efficient routing <strong>and</strong> dissemination protocols <strong>for</strong> constructing self-configuring<br />

networks. Since routing in wireless sensor networks also has to build on low power<br />

operation, which is defined in the MAC protocol, it cannot be designed independent of<br />

the MAC protocol. LEACH [12] <strong>and</strong> PEGASIS [43] are two renowned examples.<br />

<strong>Wireless</strong> sensor networks have become a promising solution <strong>for</strong> numerous<br />

sensing <strong>and</strong> monitoring applications where their wired counterparts are not applicable<br />

due to large coverage or a harsh environment <strong>for</strong> running wires. The potential areas of<br />

application include, but are not limited to, environmental monitoring, health care,<br />

positioning <strong>and</strong> animal tracking, entertainment, logistics, transportation, home <strong>and</strong><br />

25


office, <strong>and</strong> industrial applications [44]. Mainwaring et al. investigated the system<br />

requirements <strong>for</strong> monitoring a variety of critical variables in habitats with a wireless<br />

sensor network, <strong>and</strong> deployed the developed system consisting of 32 sensor nodes to the<br />

Great Duck Isl<strong>and</strong> off the coast of Maine [45]. Stankovic et al. proposed a wireless<br />

sensor network architecture <strong>for</strong> smart homecare that fulfills the requirements of the next<br />

generation medical care [46]. Fogel et al. considered the use of wireless sensor<br />

networks <strong>for</strong> tracking the location of pallets of materials in a warehouse in addition to<br />

typical entry/exit logging to meet volumetric <strong>and</strong> spatial constraints critical to material<br />

storing management [47]. Chen et al. built a prototype of intelligent transportation<br />

system (ITS), exploiting a wireless sensor network <strong>for</strong> traffic in<strong>for</strong>mation collection <strong>and</strong><br />

communication to overcome the limitations of its wired counterpart [48]. Huang et al.<br />

designed a series of wireless plat<strong>for</strong>ms with different versatilities that could be<br />

integrated with a variety of sensors <strong>and</strong> implemented in a smart living space that<br />

monitors various parameters in a room with the developed wireless sensor networks<br />

[49]. General Motors has also started to explore wireless sensor network technology as<br />

a solution to measuring the health of manufacturing equipment, <strong>and</strong> is expecting 10-<br />

20% savings on production costs [50].<br />

2.2.4 <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Actuator</strong> <strong>Networks</strong><br />

The addition of wireless actuators into wireless sensor networks has greatly<br />

broadened the domain of application <strong>for</strong> wireless sensor network technologies. Besides<br />

passively monitoring the environment, a sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator network can actively<br />

interact with the physical world where the actuators per<strong>for</strong>m actions based on the data<br />

26


collected from the sensors. A variety of applications can potentially benefit from the<br />

integrated sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator network technologies such as disaster relief systems,<br />

building automation systems, street parking systems, etc.<br />

<strong>Wireless</strong> sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator networks distinguish themselves from typical<br />

wireless sensor networks in two aspects: real-time requirement <strong>and</strong> coordination [51].<br />

These two characteristics not only present research challenges but also affect the design<br />

of the networks. Typical wireless sensor networks may tolerate larger latency in<br />

exchange <strong>for</strong> better in<strong>for</strong>mation integrity; however, real-time communication is usually<br />

the key to ensuring system stability <strong>and</strong> per<strong>for</strong>mance in wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator<br />

networks. In most applications, actuators usually have access to a power source or they<br />

are at least equipped with a bigger energy source, which impacts the low-power-centric<br />

design <strong>for</strong> wireless sensor networks <strong>and</strong> could help with real-time communication.<br />

Furthermore, the scope of the effect of each networked actuator may be different <strong>and</strong><br />

can overlap; hence coordination among actuators is necessary <strong>for</strong> yielding the desired<br />

outcome. Depending on the applications, the coordination can be centralized between<br />

the central base <strong>and</strong> the actuators, or decentralized in between actuators or between<br />

sensors <strong>and</strong> actuators.<br />

The lighting system proposed in this dissertation is a realization of a wireless<br />

sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator network, where the wireless photosensors measure the desktop<br />

illuminance <strong>and</strong> the wireless ballast actuators dim the lights based on the sensory<br />

in<strong>for</strong>mation. Specifically, the illuminance on each single worksurface in an office is<br />

affected by more than one luminaire, <strong>and</strong> thus coordination among ballast actuators is<br />

critical to deliver the desired lighting.<br />

27


Chapter 3<br />

Related Research <strong>and</strong> Literature Review<br />

In this chapter, research <strong>and</strong> commercial products of energy-efficient lighting<br />

automation systems that have similar scopes of this dissertation research are reviewed.<br />

Attempts on light sensing <strong>and</strong> actuation with wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator network<br />

technologies are also discussed. These two topics are important as they set the<br />

cornerstone of this dissertation research. In addition, mathematical techniques <strong>and</strong><br />

methodologies that <strong>for</strong>m the basis of the theoretical development in this dissertation<br />

research are briefly introduced. These include sensor fusion, fuzzy logic, <strong>and</strong> linear<br />

programming.<br />

3.1 Next-Generation <strong>Energy</strong>-Efficient <strong>Lighting</strong> Systems<br />

Research <strong>and</strong> commercial products <strong>for</strong> advanced lighting automatic control<br />

systems need to fulfill two goals: (1) optimize users’ com<strong>for</strong>t inside the room, <strong>and</strong> (2)<br />

minimize the energy used while allowing a good inside com<strong>for</strong>t [52]. These lighting<br />

systems are superior to typical ones in that the luminaires can be addressed <strong>and</strong><br />

controlled individually regardless of how they were physically wired.<br />

The Integrated Building Environmental Communications System (IBECS)<br />

piggybacks on the facility’s existing Ethernet using microLAN bridges to control <strong>and</strong><br />

monitor the lighting equipment that is attached to it [53]. <strong>Lighting</strong> devices, including<br />

the ballasts, sensors, etc., are connected to a microLAN bridge, <strong>and</strong> are individually<br />

addressable through a network interface. The control comm<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> sensor in<strong>for</strong>mation<br />

is transferred over the Ethernet to client browsers or databases, <strong>and</strong> each microLAN can<br />

28


e hundreds of feet long, consisting of 10-100 devices. While utilizing existing network<br />

<strong>and</strong> residing control software on microLAN bridges reduces the cost of lighting<br />

controls, costly <strong>and</strong> distant rewiring is still inevitable to interface lighting devices to the<br />

microLAN bridges.<br />

The Digital Addressable <strong>Lighting</strong> Interface (DALI) is a type of dimmable ballast<br />

that utilizes a st<strong>and</strong>-alone communication protocol [54]. A maximum number of 64<br />

DALI units can be individually addressed within a system <strong>and</strong> up to 16 scenes/presets<br />

can be stored, which presents a scalability challenge <strong>for</strong> DALI systems. While all the<br />

DALI-complying control units are guaranteed to work with DALI ballasts, controllers<br />

from different manufacturers do not necessarily communicate with one another [55].<br />

Also, the need <strong>for</strong> low-voltage wires <strong>for</strong> communicating sensor data <strong>and</strong> control signals<br />

between each DALI-compatible device <strong>and</strong> the controller implies significant rewiring<br />

overhead.<br />

LonWorks (Local Operating NetWorks) is a solution <strong>for</strong> a wide range of<br />

networked control systems with a dedicated LonTalk communication protocol, <strong>and</strong><br />

lighting automation is one of the most important applications [56]. A variety of<br />

communication media are supported, including power line, coax cable, twisted pair,<br />

radio frequency, etc. The addressing mechanism is very similar to the Internet Protocol<br />

(IP), <strong>and</strong> one subnet can connect to up to 127 nodes. Also, 63 groups can be assigned in<br />

one domain. The concept of LonWorks is to lower the cost of the devices by reducing<br />

the engineering time required to rebuild communication protocols <strong>and</strong> provide a wide<br />

range of compatible products through the promotion of the open protocol [57].<br />

29


Although radio frequency is a supported communication medium, most LonWorks<br />

products are wired.<br />

3.2 Light Sensing <strong>and</strong> Actuation Using <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Networks</strong><br />

Light sensing <strong>and</strong> actuation has been one of the major application areas <strong>for</strong><br />

wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator network technologies, especially <strong>for</strong> building management<br />

where energy savings <strong>and</strong> user com<strong>for</strong>t are the priorities. Research on adopting wireless<br />

sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator network technologies to lighting applications are reviewed in this<br />

section.<br />

O’Reilly et al. examined <strong>and</strong> analyzed the idea of harvesting daylight by using<br />

wireless sensor networks to measure workplane illuminances <strong>and</strong> modifying DALI<br />

ballasts to accommodate wireless communication [58]. A concrete result has not yet<br />

been reported.<br />

Dust <strong>Networks</strong>, a wireless sensor network service provider, combined <strong>for</strong>ces<br />

with a ballast manufacturer (SVA <strong>Lighting</strong>) <strong>and</strong> the Lawrence Berkeley National<br />

Laboratory (LBNL) to develop a wireless-integrated dimming ballast [59]. The<br />

environmental sensors previously developed by LBNL <strong>and</strong> power meters were<br />

wirelessly enabled with Dust <strong>Networks</strong> technology to work with the wireless dimming<br />

ballast. A control software <strong>and</strong> user interface were designed to integrate the wirelessenabled<br />

hardware into an energy-efficient lighting control system, which supports<br />

manual control, dem<strong>and</strong> response, daylight harvesting, <strong>and</strong> scheduling. Their analysis<br />

has shown a 20% reduction in retrofitting cost compared to a wired system. In<strong>for</strong>mation<br />

30


about how the system is going to be realized in large-scale implementation <strong>and</strong> how it<br />

will take user satisfaction into account has not been reported yet.<br />

Adura Technologies provides lighting control service using wireless actuator<br />

network technologies as the most economical energy-efficient solution <strong>for</strong> legacy<br />

lighting systems [60, 61]. They developed a wireless actuation module <strong>for</strong> interfacing<br />

with traditional non-dimmable ballasts to per<strong>for</strong>m bi-level switching, which gives the<br />

option of turning on different numbers of fluorescent tubes inside a luminaire. The<br />

configuration of the lights <strong>and</strong> the switching patterns, schedules, <strong>and</strong> management<br />

strategies can be determined by the customers’ choices.<br />

Singhvi et al. used a utility function to model an occupant’s lighting preference<br />

at a given location <strong>for</strong> a given light setting, <strong>and</strong> <strong>for</strong>mulated lighting control as an<br />

optimization problem that minimizes energy consumption while satisfying occupants’<br />

lighting preferences [62]. The key to the efficiency of the control algorithm relies on<br />

making the optimization problem tractable assuming that a single lamp only illuminates<br />

the small area around it so as to simplify the optimization problem. A wireless sensor<br />

network was deployed <strong>for</strong> illuminance measurement, <strong>and</strong> the lamps were actuated by<br />

the X10 system through the power line [63]. The control algorithm was only verified on<br />

a testbed using inc<strong>and</strong>escent lamps, <strong>and</strong> thus its feasibility under the combination of<br />

fluorescent light <strong>and</strong> daylight, where each light source has a much larger influence area,<br />

has not been proven. To obtain <strong>and</strong> update the utility functions of occupants’ lighting<br />

preferences remains as future research.<br />

Li proposed a heterogeneous architectural concept <strong>for</strong> wireless light sensing <strong>and</strong><br />

actuation where sensors <strong>and</strong> actuators communicate in separate communication<br />

31


channels with different capabilities <strong>and</strong> reliabilities [64]. The sensor network <strong>and</strong> the<br />

actuator network were implemented separately using distinct routing protocols <strong>and</strong><br />

addressing schemes, <strong>and</strong> are coordinated by a central server. The system in the case<br />

study was mainly <strong>for</strong> manual user control, <strong>and</strong> energy issues were not explicitly<br />

addressed. Users controlled the lights through ambient networks [65] that were<br />

interfaced with the wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator network by a gateway server.<br />

Gr<strong>and</strong>erson developed a framework <strong>for</strong> a daylighting system using wireless<br />

sensing <strong>and</strong> actuation that simultaneously minimizes energy consumption, balances<br />

users’ diverse lighting preferences, <strong>and</strong> increases facilities managers’ satisfaction [66].<br />

Her research targeted shared-space commercial office buildings, <strong>and</strong> it <strong>for</strong>mulated<br />

lighting control as a Bayesian decision-making problem using an influence diagram<br />

[67], which hierarchically arranges the in<strong>for</strong>mation necessary to affect personalized<br />

lighting. This lighting control system assumed that lights in the same region are<br />

identically controlled, <strong>and</strong> the resulting decision is a single optimal light setting <strong>for</strong> the<br />

entire region.<br />

In addition to office lighting applications, Park et al. designed <strong>and</strong> implemented<br />

an intelligent lighting control system, called Illuminator, <strong>for</strong> entertainment <strong>and</strong> media<br />

production [68]. High fidelity wireless light sensors were developed <strong>and</strong> implemented<br />

to <strong>for</strong>m a sensor network <strong>for</strong> collecting stage lighting in<strong>for</strong>mation [69]. Professional<br />

stage lighting systems were interfaced with the wireless sensor network to deliver the<br />

desired lighting. Given a light setup <strong>and</strong> user constraints, the Illuminator system<br />

recommends sensor deployment, characterizes the lights, <strong>and</strong> finds the best light<br />

actuation profiles satisfying user constraints based on light characteristics <strong>and</strong> sensor<br />

32


eadings. The search <strong>for</strong> the best light actuation profiles is accomplished by minimizing<br />

the total cost of the user constraints.<br />

3.3 <strong>Sensor</strong> Fusion<br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> fusion is a subset of in<strong>for</strong>mation fusion that combines sensor readings<br />

<strong>and</strong>/or data derived from multiple sources to result in representative in<strong>for</strong>mation better<br />

than that which each individual sensor may reveal in terms of accuracy, reliability or<br />

completeness. The scope of sensor fusion covers the extraction of data from a set of<br />

homogeneous or heterogeneous sensors <strong>and</strong>/or history data resulting from the same<br />

stimulus <strong>and</strong> the inference of in<strong>for</strong>mation from sensors monitoring different aspects of<br />

the object of interest.<br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> fusion has been applied to a wide variety of applications, including<br />

military applications such as guidance <strong>for</strong> autonomous vehicles, battlefield surveillance,<br />

automated thread recognition, etc., <strong>and</strong> nonmilitary applications such as the monitoring<br />

of manufacturing processes, condition-based maintenance of complex machinery,<br />

robotics, <strong>and</strong> so on. <strong>Sensor</strong> data may be combined or fused at different levels from raw<br />

data level to a feature vector level or a decision level [70]. Raw sensor data that are<br />

commensurate, i.e., measure the same physical phenomena, can be directly fused into<br />

more representative data at the same observational level. Features must be extracted<br />

from multiple sensors responding to different physical stimuli <strong>and</strong> combined into a<br />

concatenate feature vector <strong>for</strong> in<strong>for</strong>mation inference at the feature vector level fusion.<br />

Decision level fusion involves decision-making based on the preliminary determination<br />

of the object of interest from each sensor.<br />

33


In practice, fusion of sensor data could generate worse in<strong>for</strong>mation than that<br />

from a single robust, well-tasked <strong>and</strong> high fidelity sensor that directly measures the<br />

phenomenon of interest [70]. Poor in<strong>for</strong>mation results from the attempt to combine<br />

accurate data with biased or corrupted data, which closely resembles the Byzantine<br />

generals problem [71]. The problem discusses the dilemma a system may encounter<br />

when receiving conflicting in<strong>for</strong>mation from malfunctioning components through the<br />

metaphor of the Byzantine Army Generals camped with their troops preparing to attack<br />

an enemy city [72]. Communicating only by messengers, the generals must agree upon<br />

a common battle plan – to attack or to retreat, while one or more of them may be traitors<br />

trying to confuse others with false messages. It has been proven that an agreement<br />

among all generals can be reached if <strong>and</strong> only if more than two-thirds of the generals<br />

are loyal. In other words, two-thirds of the sensors must be well-functioning in order to<br />

produce a pertinent data by equally weighing <strong>and</strong> combining each sensor data through<br />

sensor fusion. Although one may prefer to gather in<strong>for</strong>mation from a single robust <strong>and</strong><br />

high fidelity sensor than per<strong>for</strong>m sensor fusion on multiple sensors, such a sensor could<br />

be unaf<strong>for</strong>dable or may not even exist, or the phenomenon of interest is not directly<br />

measurable in reality.<br />

Popular techniques that have been applied to sensor fusion applications include,<br />

but are not limited to Kalman filters, probabilistic data association filters (PADF),<br />

hidden Markov models (HMM), maximum likelihood, fuzzy logic, neural networks,<br />

Dempster-Shafer theory, etc. Hybrids of the sensor fusion methods have also been<br />

implemented in some complex applications. Alag et al. developed a methodology <strong>for</strong><br />

sensor validation, fusion, <strong>and</strong> fault detection <strong>for</strong> equipment monitoring <strong>and</strong> diagnostics<br />

34


utilizing a variant of a Kalman filter [73]. The per<strong>for</strong>mance of the methodology was<br />

verified by monitoring the temperature in a gas turbine power plant. Durrant-Whyte et<br />

al. derived a decentralized <strong>for</strong>m of Kalman filter <strong>for</strong> multiple sensors to per<strong>for</strong>m sensor<br />

fusion locally with limited communication among the sensors [74]. The efficiency of<br />

this decentralized sensor fusion architecture largely depends on the communication<br />

topology. Alag et al. used a modified Kalman filtering approach <strong>for</strong> real time sensor<br />

validation <strong>and</strong> PADF method <strong>for</strong> sensor fusion on the longitudinal control of automated<br />

vehicles [75]. Data from the sonar, radar <strong>and</strong> optical sensors mounted on each car were<br />

fused <strong>for</strong> accurate longitudinal distance between the cars. Bernardin et al. developed a<br />

human h<strong>and</strong> grasp recognition technique by fusing a grasp-type measure from finger<br />

joint angles <strong>and</strong> contact-point in<strong>for</strong>mation from tactile sensors with a hidden Markov<br />

model [76]. The HMM was trained using expectation maximization (EM) algorithm <strong>and</strong><br />

was able to attain 90% recognition accuracy with very little training data <strong>for</strong> twelve<br />

grasp classes. Zhou et al. proposed a maximum likelihood approach <strong>for</strong> fusion of<br />

multiple sensor data with correlated noise <strong>and</strong> unknown scaling factor mapping the<br />

sensor readings to physical representations [77]. The approach was based on a<br />

parametric modeling of the noise covariance <strong>and</strong> <strong>for</strong>mulated in the trans<strong>for</strong>med noise<br />

subspace. Wu et al. built a sensor fusion architecture based on Dempster-Shafer theory<br />

<strong>for</strong> context-aware computing applications by fusing together the evidence from both<br />

video <strong>and</strong> audio sensors [78]. Goebel et al. developed a fuzzy logic based architecture<br />

<strong>for</strong> real time sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion called FUSVAF. The per<strong>for</strong>mance of this<br />

algorithm was demonstrated on vehicle-following tasks on automated highways [79],<br />

<strong>and</strong> on the control of gas turbine power plants [80].<br />

35


The emergence of wireless sensor networks presents the need of sensor<br />

validation <strong>and</strong> fusion <strong>for</strong> extracting pertinent in<strong>for</strong>mation from massively deployed yet<br />

disturbance-prone sensor nodes. Durrant-Whyte et al. extended the decentralized<br />

Kalman filter <strong>for</strong> sensor fusion derived in [74] so that sensor fusion can be per<strong>for</strong>med<br />

locally on each sensor node without a fully connected network topology [81]. Yuan et<br />

al. discussed the trade-off between fusing large amounts of sensor data <strong>and</strong> the incurred<br />

latency when data are propagated towards the sink, <strong>and</strong> proposed a multi-level fusion<br />

synchronization protocol [82]. The protocol synchronized the fusion processes of the<br />

nodes at different levels in the data propagation tree so that maximum numbers of<br />

sensor data (or fused data) can get fused along the way towards the sink while<br />

minimizing the overall latency. Kumar et al. developed an architectural framework <strong>for</strong><br />

distributed data fusion called DFuse, which consists of a data fusion application<br />

programming interface (API) <strong>and</strong> a distributed algorithm <strong>for</strong> energy-aware role<br />

assignment [83]. DFuse was implemented <strong>and</strong> evaluated on a network of personal<br />

digital assistant (PDA) with wireless capabilities; however, it can not yet be deployed to<br />

the more resource-limited wireless mote plat<strong>for</strong>ms. Jiang et al. developed a fusion<br />

algorithm based on a likelihood ratio-based test (LRT) scheme <strong>for</strong> fusing binary<br />

decisions made locally by each sensor node <strong>and</strong> transmitted through a fading (noisy)<br />

channel [84]. Various models of fading channels were investigated <strong>and</strong> the optimal LRT<br />

was derived under each scenario <strong>for</strong> data fusion.<br />

36


3.4 Fuzzy Set <strong>and</strong> Fuzzy Logic<br />

A fuzzy set is a generalization of classical set theory that assesses the grades of<br />

membership of elements in a set. In classical set theory, an element can only either<br />

belong or not belong to a set; however, fuzzy set theory determines the membership of<br />

an element in a set characterized by a membership function [85].<br />

The framework of fuzzy sets provides an intuitive way to work with problems<br />

where imprecision is caused by the lack of clear criteria of membership rather than<br />

r<strong>and</strong>om uncertainties. In the real world, a class of objects may not have a crisp<br />

boundary to define its members. Take “the class of all real numbers which are much<br />

greater than 1” mentioned in [85] as an example: while 10,000 may belong to the set <strong>for</strong><br />

sure, ambiguity arises in the cases of smaller numbers such as 10. In this case, “a<br />

number much greater than 1” defines a fuzzy variable, or a linguistic variable, <strong>and</strong> the<br />

grade of membership of each real number may depend on the circumstance of different<br />

applications.<br />

Overview of fuzzy set theory<br />

Let X be a space, <strong>and</strong> any element in X is denoted by x, i.e. xX. A fuzzy set A<br />

in X is specified by a membership function f A (x) corresponding to each of the elements<br />

x in X, where f A (x)[0,1] characterizes the “grade of membership” of x in A. The closer<br />

the value of f A (x) to 1, the higher the grade of membership of x in A.<br />

Empty set:<br />

The fuzzy set A is empty if <strong>and</strong> only if its membership function is zero in X.<br />

37


A is empty f A<br />

(x) = 0, x X (3.1)<br />

Equality:<br />

Two fuzzy sets A <strong>and</strong> B are equal if <strong>and</strong> only if the membership functions are<br />

identical <strong>for</strong> all x in X.<br />

Complement:<br />

Containment:<br />

A = B f A<br />

(x) = f B<br />

(x), x X (3.2)<br />

The complement of the fuzzy set A is denoted as A´ <strong>and</strong> is defined by<br />

f A <br />

(x) = 1 f A<br />

(x), x X (3.3)<br />

The fuzzy set A is contained in fuzzy set B or is a subset of B, if <strong>and</strong> only if f A (x)<br />

f B (x) <strong>for</strong> all x in X.<br />

Union:<br />

A B f A<br />

(x) f B<br />

(x), x X (3.4)<br />

The union of two fuzzy sets A <strong>and</strong> B with the membership functions f A (x) <strong>and</strong><br />

f B (x) respectively is a fuzzy set C ( C = A B ) with corresponding membership<br />

function:<br />

Intersection:<br />

f C<br />

(x) = max{ f A<br />

(x), f B<br />

(x)}, x X (3.5)<br />

The intersection of two fuzzy sets A <strong>and</strong> B with the membership functions f A (x)<br />

<strong>and</strong> f B (x) respectively is a fuzzy set C ( C = A B ) with corresponding membership<br />

function :<br />

De Morgan’s laws:<br />

f C<br />

(x) = min{ f A<br />

(x), f B<br />

(x)}, x X (3.6)<br />

38


De Morgan’s laws in the traditional set theory also hold in fuzzy set theory with<br />

the operations of complement, union, <strong>and</strong> intersection.<br />

(A B) = A<br />

B<br />

(A B) = A<br />

B<br />

(3.7)<br />

Distributive laws:<br />

theory.<br />

The distributive laws in the traditional set theory also apply to the fuzzy set<br />

C (A B) = (C A) (C B)<br />

C (A B) = (C A) (C B)<br />

(3.8)<br />

Algebraic product:<br />

The algebraic product of two fuzzy sets A <strong>and</strong> B with the membership functions<br />

f A (x) <strong>and</strong> f B (x) is denoted by AB whose membership function is<br />

f AB<br />

(x) = f A<br />

(x) f B<br />

(x), x X (3.9)<br />

Algebraic sum:<br />

The algebraic sum of two fuzzy sets A <strong>and</strong> B with the membership functions<br />

f A (x) <strong>and</strong> f B (x) is denoted by A+B whose membership function is<br />

f A+ B<br />

(x) = f A<br />

(x) + f B<br />

(x), x X (3.10)<br />

The algebraic sum is only meaningful if f A+B (x) is less than or equal to unity <strong>for</strong> all x in<br />

X.<br />

Absolute difference:<br />

The absolute difference of two fuzzy sets A <strong>and</strong> B with the membership<br />

functions f A (x) <strong>and</strong> f B (x) is denoted by |A-B| whose membership function is<br />

f A B<br />

(x) = f A<br />

(x) f B<br />

(x) , x X (3.11)<br />

39


Convex combination:<br />

the relation<br />

The convex combination of fuzzy sets A, B <strong>and</strong> is denoted by (A, B; ) with<br />

(A, B;) = A + B (3.12)<br />

where ´ is the complement of . The resulting membership function of this operation<br />

is<br />

Cartesian product <strong>and</strong> fuzzy relation:<br />

f (A,B;)<br />

(x) = f <br />

(x) f A<br />

(x) + ( 1 f <br />

(x)) f B<br />

(x), x X (3.13)<br />

The Cartesian product of two fuzzy sets A in space X <strong>and</strong> B in space Y with<br />

membership functions f A (x) <strong>and</strong> f B (y) respectively is a fuzzy set in the product space<br />

XY with membership function<br />

f A B<br />

(x, y) = min{ f A<br />

(x), f B<br />

(y)}, x X, y Y (3.14)<br />

A fuzzy relation in space X is a fuzzy set A in product space XX with membership<br />

function f A (x 1 , x 2 ) <strong>for</strong> all x 1 , x 2 in X.<br />

Fuzzy sets induced by mappings:<br />

Let B be a fuzzy set in space Y with membership function f B (y), <strong>and</strong> T be a<br />

mapping from X to Y. The fuzzy set A in space X induced by the inverse mapping T -1<br />

has the membership function f A (x) defined by<br />

<strong>for</strong> all x in X mapped into Y by T.<br />

f A<br />

(x) = f B<br />

(y), y Y (3.15)<br />

40


Fuzzy systems<br />

Fuzzy engineering begins with three steps [86]. The first is to pick the input <strong>and</strong><br />

output variables. Then pick fuzzy subsets <strong>for</strong> the variables. Finally relate the output sets<br />

to the input sets through a set of fuzzy rules. Consider a simple air conditioner with only<br />

four settings: off, low, medium, <strong>and</strong> high, which constitute the fuzzy sets in the output<br />

space, <strong>and</strong> the motor speed of the compressor is the fuzzy variable. The air temperature<br />

is of course the fuzzy variable in the input space of the air conditioner, which can<br />

belong to four fuzzy sets: cold, cool, warm <strong>and</strong> hot. Consequently, a set of fuzzy rules<br />

may be defined as follows.<br />

IF air temperature is cold, THEN set the air conditioner to off;<br />

IF air temperature is slightly warm, THEN set the air conditioner to low;<br />

IF air temperature is warm, THEN set the air conditioner to medium;<br />

IF air temperature is hot, THEN set the air conditioner to high.<br />

The fuzzy system also maps the input to the output in three steps [86]. The input<br />

variable is first mapped to all the IF parts of the fuzzy rules in parallel to determine how<br />

much this input belongs to each input fuzzy set. This step is sometimes referred to as<br />

fuzzification. The second step scales the THEN parts of the matched input sets <strong>and</strong> sums<br />

them up into a final output set. In the final step, the system calculates the final crisp<br />

output from the output set, which is also known as defuzzification <strong>and</strong> can be<br />

accomplished through various techniques.<br />

Fuzzy logic is the main technology exploited in the development of the sensor<br />

validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm in Chapter 4 <strong>and</strong> the adaptive sensing algorithm in<br />

Chapter 5. Fuzzy approach was chosen in this research because it is useful <strong>for</strong> situations<br />

41


where no crisp boundary can be defined between sets, such as the trustworthiness of the<br />

sensor readings <strong>for</strong> sensor fusion <strong>and</strong> the fastness of the stimulus change <strong>for</strong> the<br />

adapting sensing rate. In addition, fuzzy technique is generally light-weighted in coding<br />

<strong>and</strong> computation, <strong>and</strong> is thus suitable <strong>for</strong> being realized in the resource-limited,<br />

wirelessly networked sensors.<br />

3.5 Optimization <strong>and</strong> Linear Programming<br />

Optimization or mathematical programming is a systematic process of choosing<br />

the values of the variables in a specific set to minimize or maximize a real function. An<br />

optimization problem is usually expressed in the following <strong>for</strong>m.<br />

minimize f 0<br />

(x)<br />

subject to f i<br />

(x) b i<br />

, i = 1,…,m,<br />

(3.16)<br />

where x = [x 1 , x 2 , …, x n ] T is the vector of optimization variables, f 0 (x) is the objective<br />

function, f i (x), i=1,…,m, are the constraint functions, <strong>and</strong> b i ’s are the bounds of the<br />

constraints. A vector x is feasible if it satisfies the constraints f i (x) b i , i=1,…,m, <strong>and</strong><br />

the problem is feasible if there exists at least one feasible vector x. Vector x * is an<br />

optimal solution to the optimization problem if it has the smallest objective value<br />

among all vectors that satisfy the constraints.<br />

f 0<br />

(x * ) f 0<br />

(z)<br />

<strong>for</strong> all z satisfying f i<br />

(z) b i<br />

, i = 1,…, m.<br />

(3.17)<br />

The problem is solvable if x *<br />

exists. If the objective function <strong>and</strong> the constraint<br />

functions are convex, then the optimal solution to the problem is unique <strong>and</strong> is usually<br />

referred to as global optimum.<br />

42


The optimization problem in (3.16) is called a linear programming problem if<br />

the objective function <strong>and</strong> the constraint functions are linear, i.e.<br />

f i<br />

(x + y) = f i<br />

(x) + f i<br />

(y), i = 0,…,m. (3.18)<br />

The st<strong>and</strong>ard <strong>for</strong>m of a linear programming problem is <strong>for</strong>mulated as (3.19):<br />

minimize<br />

subject to<br />

c 1<br />

x 1<br />

+ c 2<br />

x 2<br />

++ c n<br />

x n<br />

a 11<br />

x 1<br />

+ a 12<br />

x 2<br />

++ a 1n<br />

x n<br />

b 1<br />

a 21<br />

x 1<br />

+ a 22<br />

x 2<br />

++ a 2n<br />

x n<br />

b 2<br />

<br />

(3.19)<br />

a m1<br />

x 1<br />

+ a m2<br />

x 2<br />

++ a mn<br />

x n<br />

b m<br />

x 1<br />

, x 2<br />

, x n<br />

0,<br />

or in matrix representation:<br />

minimize<br />

subject to<br />

c T x<br />

Ax b<br />

x 0,<br />

(3.20)<br />

where<br />

c = [ c 1<br />

c 2<br />

c n ] T<br />

x = [ x 1<br />

x 2<br />

x n ] T<br />

a 11<br />

a 12<br />

a 1n <br />

<br />

a 21<br />

a 22<br />

a<br />

<br />

2n<br />

A = <br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

a m1<br />

a m2<br />

a mn <br />

b = [ b 1<br />

b 2<br />

b n ] T .<br />

Linear programming problems have been well-studied, <strong>and</strong> various algorithms<br />

have been proposed with different levels of efficiency <strong>and</strong> complexity. The earliest <strong>and</strong><br />

yet still most popular solver <strong>for</strong> linear programming problems is the simplex algorithm<br />

43


developed by Dantzig [87]. The inequality constraints <strong>for</strong>m a polyhedron, inside which<br />

is the feasible region, <strong>and</strong> it has been proven that the optimal solution always occurs at<br />

the vertex of the polyhedron. The main idea of the simplex algorithm is to find an<br />

admissible solution at a vertex of the polyhedron, <strong>and</strong> then keep on moving along the<br />

edges of the polyhedron to the adjacent vertex with lower objective value until no<br />

adjacent vertex with lower objective value can be found.<br />

It is, however, possible <strong>for</strong> the simplex algorithm to be caught in an infinite loop<br />

<strong>and</strong> render the worst-case solution time to be infinite. The cycling problem is very rare<br />

in practice, <strong>and</strong> variants of simplex algorithm that do not cycle exist [88]. Although<br />

simplex algorithm is very efficient <strong>and</strong> usually converges to the optimal solution in<br />

polynomial time, the worst-case complexity can be exponential if it does not cycle,<br />

which inspired the development of the family of interior point methods. As opposed to<br />

the simplex method, which travels along the edge of the polyhedron, the concept of the<br />

interior point methods is to move through the interior of the feasible region; this<br />

guarantees to converge to the optimal solution in polynomial time.<br />

Linear programming is the core technique utilized in the optimal lighting<br />

actuation system presented in Chapter 6. Given the setup of the lighting control<br />

problem, it is very straight<strong>for</strong>ward to <strong>for</strong>mulate energy usage as the objective function<br />

<strong>and</strong> users’ lighting preferences as the constraints to the linear programming problem.<br />

Furthermore, by treating the light actuator outputs as the variables, the problem is<br />

tractable <strong>and</strong> practical <strong>for</strong> real-time implementation since the number of variables is<br />

limited.<br />

44


Chapter 4<br />

Mote-FVF: Fuzzy Validation <strong>and</strong> Fusion <strong>for</strong><br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong><br />

The research discussed in this chapter <strong>and</strong> the following two chapters are<br />

devoted to better harnessing the wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator network technologies to<br />

the energy-efficient lighting systems. <strong>Wireless</strong> sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator network<br />

technologies present the potential <strong>for</strong> low-cost, easy-retrofitting, versatile <strong>and</strong> energyefficient<br />

lighting systems; however, the expected superiorities can only be achieved<br />

with the complement of pertinent sensing in<strong>for</strong>mation <strong>and</strong> proper control actions.<br />

Successful lighting control relies on good sensory in<strong>for</strong>mation from the light<br />

sensors. The miniature size, limited energy, <strong>and</strong> the desktop-deployed photosensor<br />

make the sensor nodes prone to disturbances <strong>and</strong> unpredictable failures. Redundancy as<br />

well as sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion are introduced to ensure the reliability <strong>and</strong><br />

pertinence of the sensory in<strong>for</strong>mation. The sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm based<br />

on fuzzy logic, named mote-FVF, is developed <strong>for</strong> extracting pertinent sensor data from<br />

a cluster of redundant sensors while rejecting readings from disturbed or malfunctioning<br />

sensors.<br />

4.1 Rationale<br />

<strong>Wireless</strong> sensor networks promise more useful in<strong>for</strong>mation about the monitored<br />

environment via massive deployment of miniature sensor nodes. The global in<strong>for</strong>mation<br />

that can be extracted from the distributed sensors in the data-centric operation of a<br />

45


sensor network is far more valuable than what each single sensor node reveals,<br />

highlighting the need <strong>for</strong> an effective sensor fusion mechanism.<br />

In practical applications, sensor in<strong>for</strong>mation is always corrupted to some degree<br />

by noise <strong>and</strong> sensor degradation, which vary with operating conditions, environmental<br />

conditions, <strong>and</strong> other factors. The inexpensive, less reliable <strong>and</strong> massively distributed<br />

MEMS mote sensors will be even more prone to individual failure. The interference<br />

caused by other wireless equipment, which has become more <strong>and</strong> more ubiquitous,<br />

makes the communication environment harsher <strong>for</strong> wireless sensor networks. Moreover,<br />

the fact that the limited energy of the wireless sensor node will eventually run out adds<br />

another layer of uncertainty to the sensor network. Efficiently detecting <strong>and</strong> isolating<br />

bad sensor readings boosts the reliability of the mote sensor network, <strong>and</strong> hence<br />

motivates the use of sensor validation.<br />

In this research, the wireless photosensors are deployed on or around the<br />

desktops in the proximity of the occupants <strong>for</strong> better estimating the workplane<br />

illuminance. In addition to the uncertainties <strong>and</strong> disturbances described above, it is<br />

inevitable that the tiny sensors are more likely to be accidentally touched or shaded by<br />

the occupants. There<strong>for</strong>e, redundancy is implemented <strong>and</strong> sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion<br />

is en<strong>for</strong>ced in order to ensure the accuracy <strong>and</strong> reliability of sensory in<strong>for</strong>mation.<br />

4.2 Fuzzy Approach <strong>for</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> Validation <strong>and</strong> Fusion<br />

Fuzzy approaches have proven to be effective <strong>and</strong> robust in a number of<br />

challenging sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion applications [79, 80]. They are particularly<br />

useful in applications where it is difficult, if not impossible, to construct a precise<br />

46


mathematical model, such as in the case of self-organizing wireless sensor networks<br />

that dynamically change over time. In addition, fuzzy logic is a suitable approach <strong>for</strong><br />

intelligent data aggregation in sensor networks, as the readings from the distributed <strong>and</strong><br />

miniature sensor nodes can always carry local disturbances <strong>and</strong> biases to some degree<br />

<strong>and</strong> there is no crisp criterion <strong>for</strong> judging their trustworthiness.<br />

4.3 Algorithm <strong>and</strong> Mathematical Detail<br />

The mote-FVF algorithm makes use of a fuzzy exponential weighted moving<br />

average (FEWMA) time series predictor, dynamic validation curves, <strong>and</strong> a fusion<br />

scheme that incorporates confidence values <strong>for</strong> the measurements, the predicted value,<br />

the measurements, <strong>and</strong> the system state [89]. Input to the mote-FVF algorithm depends<br />

on the configuration of the sensor network <strong>and</strong> can draw on raw sensor measurements<br />

or intra-network processed data. The output can be used <strong>for</strong> other intra-network data<br />

fusion, the machine level controller, or supervisory control. In the case of this research<br />

lighting system, the output is the representative desktop illuminance, which is used <strong>for</strong><br />

calculating <strong>and</strong> delivering optimal lighting. Figure 4-1 shows the architecture of the<br />

mote-FVF algorithm. There are three units in the mote-FVF algorithm: validation,<br />

fusion <strong>and</strong> prediction.<br />

47


Figure 4-1 Mote-FVF algorithm architecture.<br />

Validation unit<br />

The sensor validation part of the mote-FVF algorithm validates each incoming<br />

reading by assigning it a confidence value, which is determined by a dynamic validation<br />

curve. The validation curve is generated from the specific sensor characteristics, the<br />

predicted value, the correlation among incoming readings, <strong>and</strong> the physical limitation of<br />

the sensor value. The assignment takes place in a validation gate. If sensor readings<br />

show a change beyond the gate, the readings are flagged as erroneous <strong>and</strong> are assigned a<br />

confidence value of ‘0’. A maximum confidence value of ‘1’ will be assigned to<br />

readings according to their coincidence with the center of the gate, which is determined<br />

by considering the predicted value <strong>and</strong> the correlation among all readings. The<br />

correlation among sensor readings is a majority-voting scheme, which can be achieved<br />

by the following two approaches: median value or Gaussian correlation.<br />

48


Median value approach<br />

This method of analyzing the behavior of a cluster of sensor readings first filters<br />

out the obvious false readings based on the physical limitation of the sensors, <strong>and</strong> then<br />

takes the median of the rest of the readings. Taking the median rather than the mean<br />

value prevents bias induced by unreasonable readings, which are far away from the<br />

majority but not filtered out at the first step. Generally, the median value should reveal a<br />

reasonable estimation of the majority of sensor readings.<br />

Gaussian correlation approach<br />

This approach is more robust than the majority median value approach described<br />

above, but requires more computational power. The first step of this approach is also to<br />

filter out the obvious false readings based on the physical limitation of the sensors. For<br />

the remaining readings, this method first generates a Gaussian function centered on the<br />

reading with an appropriately fine-tuned st<strong>and</strong>ard deviation, designated as PDF n (x), <strong>and</strong><br />

then calculates the reading corresponding to the maximum value of the normalized<br />

summation of all Gaussian functions as the estimate as shown in Figure 4-2. The<br />

normalized summation of all Gaussian functions is calculated by<br />

n<br />

<br />

k =1<br />

PDF k<br />

(x)<br />

n<br />

,x = 0,......,maximum sensor output , (4.1)<br />

where n is the total number of reasonable readings (i.e., readings remaining after<br />

filtering out obviously false readings) [90].<br />

49


Figure 4-2 Gaussian correlation curve.<br />

Validation curve<br />

There are a number of suitable validation curves; one useful curve is a piecewise<br />

Gaussian curve of the <strong>for</strong>m v(z) = e<br />

xz 2<br />

<br />

<br />

a w <br />

<br />

, where parameter a w can be chosen<br />

separately <strong>for</strong> the left <strong>and</strong> right curves according to the characteristics of sensors, z is<br />

the sensor reading, <strong>and</strong> x is the center or precisely the split point of the left <strong>and</strong> right<br />

sections of the validation curves. The curves should be normalized in order to scale the<br />

confidence values from 0 to 1. The confidence values are then computed as follows.<br />

50


e<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

= <br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

e<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

x z<br />

2<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

a left <br />

<br />

1 e<br />

x z<br />

2<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

a right <br />

<br />

1 e<br />

0 z < v left<br />

e<br />

xv 2<br />

<br />

left<br />

<br />

<br />

a left <br />

<br />

<br />

xv <br />

left<br />

<br />

<br />

a left <br />

<br />

e<br />

2<br />

v left<br />

< z x<br />

xv 2<br />

<br />

right<br />

<br />

<br />

a right <br />

<br />

<br />

xv <br />

right<br />

<br />

<br />

a right <br />

<br />

2<br />

x < z v right<br />

0 z > v right<br />

, (4.2)<br />

where is the confidence value corresponding to a particular sensor reading, v left <strong>and</strong><br />

v right are the left <strong>and</strong> right validation gate borders respectively, a left <strong>and</strong> a right are the<br />

parameters <strong>for</strong> the left <strong>and</strong> right validation curves [80].<br />

x is determined by a fuzzy rule <strong>and</strong> provides a trade-off between the predicated<br />

value <strong>and</strong> the majority of sensor readings. Denoting the estimated majority sensor<br />

readings from either method above as m(x), <strong>and</strong> the variation between m(x) <strong>and</strong> the<br />

predicted reading ˆx as diff(x), the fuzzy rules are applied as follows, starting from the<br />

initial condition that x coincides with ˆx ,<br />

IF diff(x) small THEN move x toward the m(x) a small amount;<br />

IF diff(x) medium THEN move x toward the m(x) a medium amount;<br />

IF diff(x) large THEN move x toward the m(x) a large amount.<br />

The fuzzy membership function is designed using st<strong>and</strong>ard triangular shaped<br />

functions <strong>and</strong> maximum overlap as shown in Figure 4-3 [91]. There are two parameters<br />

to be tuned, m dif <strong>for</strong> fuzzification <strong>and</strong> m mov <strong>for</strong> defuzzification. Figure 4-4 depicts how<br />

the center of the validation curve shifts between the value of majority voting <strong>and</strong> the<br />

51


predicted reading. Note that the offset from the predicted reading takes the relationship<br />

among sensor readings into account.<br />

Figure 4-3 Membership functions <strong>for</strong> defining the center of validation curve.<br />

Figure 4-4 Fuzzy centered validation curve.<br />

Fusion unit<br />

The fused value x f is calculated by taking the average of measurements weighted<br />

by corresponding confidence values plus the predicted value weighted by , an adaptive<br />

parameter representing the system state, <strong>and</strong> a constant scaling factor . The equation is<br />

52


x f<br />

=<br />

n<br />

<br />

1<br />

n<br />

<br />

1<br />

z i<br />

(z i<br />

) + ˆx<br />

<br />

(z i<br />

) + <br />

53<br />

. (4.3)<br />

The scaling factor is introduced to include a fraction of the predicted value to<br />

account <strong>for</strong> the possible situation when no valid readings remain after the validation<br />

procedure, <strong>and</strong> the algorithm will maintain its robustness <strong>for</strong> a temporary failure of all<br />

sensors. Since the only purpose of the term containing is to deal with the situation of<br />

sensor failure, is typically large to prevent the predicted value from dominating the<br />

fused value, <strong>and</strong> it has to be tuned to the system at h<strong>and</strong>. In addition, the adaptive<br />

parameter carries in<strong>for</strong>mation about the state of the system <strong>and</strong> is used in both the<br />

fusion unit <strong>and</strong> the prediction unit. If the system is in steady state, is set to a large<br />

value in order to weight the past history more as the variation in measurements are very<br />

likely caused by noises; on the other h<strong>and</strong>, if the system is in a transient state, is set to<br />

a small value in order to weight the predicted value less so as to reduce the lag induced<br />

by past history. A mechanism that distinguishes transient from steady state operations<br />

looks at the prediction error ( xk ˆ( ) x ( k)<br />

) <strong>and</strong> adjusts dynamically according to the<br />

system state is given by the set of fuzzy rules below [92].<br />

IF prediction error small THEN large;<br />

IF prediction error medium THEN medium;<br />

IF prediction error large THEN small.<br />

f<br />

The membership functions are also designed using triangular shaped functions<br />

with maximum overlap such that only two parameters have to be specified: m e <strong>for</strong> the


fuzzification <strong>and</strong> m <strong>for</strong> the defuzzification. The membership functions are shown in<br />

Figure 4-5.<br />

Figure 4-5 Membership functions <strong>for</strong> determining the adaptive parameter .<br />

Prediction unit<br />

A time series predictor generates the predicted value <strong>for</strong> the next time step with<br />

the adaptive parameter tuned to optimize the trade-offs between responsiveness,<br />

smoothness, stability, <strong>and</strong> lag of the predictor. The st<strong>and</strong>ard exponential weighted<br />

moving average predictor has the <strong>for</strong>m<br />

ˆx(k + 1) = ˆx(k) + (1 )x(k) , (4.4)<br />

where xk+ ˆ( 1) is the predicted value of the next time step, xk ˆ( ) is the predicted value<br />

of the current step, <strong>and</strong> x(k) is the upgraded current state. Combining the equation with<br />

the output of the fusion unit in (4.3), the predictor in the mote-FVF algorithm is of the<br />

<strong>for</strong>m<br />

ˆx(k + 1) = ˆx(k) + (1 )x f<br />

(k) , (4.5)<br />

54


where x f (k) is the current upgraded fused value [79, 80].<br />

4.4 Simulation <strong>and</strong> Experiment Results<br />

The mote-FVF algorithm was tested with a small-scale sensor network<br />

consisting of six mote sensors. The sensed target was the illuminance on the testbed<br />

under the prototyping dimmable luminaire structure (see Chapter 7.4 <strong>for</strong> detail). The<br />

MICA motes were integrated with the photosensor boards as shown in Figure 2-5(a) to<br />

measure the illuminance. The test environment possessed the following characteristics:<br />

• There could be a large change in illuminance, such as when lights are turned on<br />

<strong>and</strong> off. Thus it is important to test the algorithm’s response to such a large<br />

discontinuous change.<br />

• The algorithm should be tested over the operating range of the lighting<br />

environment – from 0 lux (completely dark) to 1000 lux (bright lighting<br />

conditions in an indoor office).<br />

• Although zero-valued states are usually considered to be an error or rest<br />

condition <strong>for</strong> many systems, in the lighting environment zero can be either an<br />

error or a meaningful state when the environment is completely dark. The<br />

algorithm should be capable of distinguishing between them.<br />

4.4.1 Hardware <strong>and</strong> Environment Setup<br />

The illuminance on the testbed varied from 50 lux to 1000 lux in 18 equal<br />

intervals, <strong>and</strong> the true illuminance was measured with a high fidelity light meter. Six<br />

55


mote sensors were arranged in a 3-by-2 matrix; each was programmed to acquire 10<br />

illuminance readings every 5 seconds at the rate of 50 milliseconds per sample <strong>and</strong> to<br />

send the data packet containing the readings along with the source mote ID to the base<br />

station. To simplify the test, the sensors were configured into a single-hop centralized<br />

network. In addition to the base mote, the base station consisted of a computer, which<br />

ran a Matlab ® program with a Java I/O interfacing program to receive the incoming data<br />

packets <strong>for</strong>warded from the base mote, process the data, <strong>and</strong> carry out the mote-FVF<br />

algorithm. The sensed illuminances transmitted in the mote network were digital values<br />

from the ADC (analog-to-digital converters) on the mote. A separate calibration was<br />

conducted in order to map the digital values to lux units.<br />

4.4.2 Tuning the Parameters of the mote-FVF Algorithm<br />

The parameters requiring tuning were a left <strong>and</strong> a right <strong>for</strong> the validation curve, the<br />

fuzzification parameter m dif <strong>and</strong> the defuzzification parameter m mov <strong>for</strong> shifting the<br />

center of the validation curve, the constant scaling factor , the fuzzification parameter<br />

m e <strong>and</strong> the defuzzification parameter m <strong>for</strong> generating the adaptive parameter .<br />

Without loss of generality, a left <strong>and</strong> a right were assigned to be the same to get a<br />

symmetric validation curve as suggested by prior experiences <strong>and</strong> experiments.<br />

Moreover, the values of a left <strong>and</strong> a right <strong>for</strong> each mote sensor were assigned identically, as<br />

they were all of the same type <strong>and</strong> were expected to have similar characteristics. m dif<br />

<strong>and</strong> m mov were adjusted so that the validation curve could shift enough to catch at least<br />

some in<strong>for</strong>mation of the possible largest change in a single time step without becoming<br />

56


too sensitive to failures. Parameters m e <strong>and</strong> m were tuned so as to optimize the<br />

response of the algorithm to the lighting environment. m e , m , m dif <strong>and</strong> m mov were tuned<br />

separately <strong>for</strong> the two majority voting schemes. The constant scaling factor was<br />

chosen to be large in order not to result in an obvious lag in the fused value by<br />

weighting the previous predicted value too heavily.<br />

4.4.3 Simulation <strong>and</strong> Real-time Testing Results<br />

Figure 4-6 shows the real-time implementation of the mote-FVF algorithm using<br />

the median value majority voting scheme on the six-mote sensor network. The small<br />

cross signs are the raw sensed data from each mote, the dashed line is the true<br />

illuminance measured by the high fidelity light meter, <strong>and</strong> the solid line is the fused<br />

value. The figure reveals that the algorithm accurately followed the sensed data <strong>and</strong><br />

reflected the illuminance pertinently with a maximum error of 3.36% regardless of the<br />

lag in the transient mode. Similarly, the algorithm with Gaussian correlation majority<br />

voting scheme run off-line on the same set of data, shown in Figure 4-7, revealed a<br />

maximum error of 4.01%. These errors include calibration errors when mapping raw<br />

digital readings to units of lux <strong>and</strong> the variation of illuminance in the spatial position on<br />

the testbed. From a physical point of view, the 4.01% error represents about a 30 lux<br />

difference, to which a human being is insensitive. Furthermore, the choice of majority<br />

voting mechanism didn’t seem to have a noticeable impact on the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the<br />

algorithm.<br />

57


Figure 4-6 Mote-FVF with median value majority voting scheme.<br />

Figure 4-7 Mote-FVF with Gaussian correlation majority voting scheme.<br />

A comparison of several different variations of the sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion<br />

algorithm is shown in Figure 4-8. Part of the data set gathered in the real-time testing<br />

was used to run off-line simulations <strong>for</strong> four configurations, <strong>and</strong> some modifications<br />

were introduced to the data to simulate possible sensor failures. Plot (a) shows the<br />

58


sensed data points as cross signs <strong>and</strong> the true illuminance with a dashed line. In plots (b)<br />

to (e), the red dashed line displays the true illuminance <strong>and</strong> the black solid line shows<br />

how the fusion algorithms follow the true illuminance. Plot (b) <strong>and</strong> (c) are the mote-<br />

FVF algorithms with the two majority voting schemes, median value <strong>and</strong> the Gaussian<br />

correlation, respectively. Both show good per<strong>for</strong>mances, even when facing sensor<br />

failures. Plot (d) shows that without involving validation <strong>and</strong> prediction, a majority<br />

voting algorithm is much more sensitive to sensor failures than the mote-FVF. Plot (e)<br />

is the fusion algorithm without majority voting mechanism in the validation process,<br />

which is clearly not capable of dealing with large discontinuous changes by fixing the<br />

center of the validation curve at the predicted value.<br />

The mote-FVF algorithm has shown its ability to extract pertinent readings from<br />

multiple sensors in real time. Meanwhile, good sensor in<strong>for</strong>mation also relies on a<br />

proper sensing rate to capture the changes of the monitored environment. Sensing <strong>and</strong><br />

radio transmissions, especially the later, contribute to the largest portion of energy<br />

consumption of the battery-powered wireless mote sensors. There<strong>for</strong>e, it is unrealistic to<br />

always implement a high sensing rate <strong>for</strong> good resolution of sensor in<strong>for</strong>mation without<br />

jeopardizing the sensors’ life span. The next chapter proposes an adaptive sensing<br />

strategy to optimize the timing <strong>for</strong> sensing <strong>and</strong> radio transmission to ensure good<br />

sensing resolution <strong>and</strong> long life span of the mote sensors.<br />

59


Figure 4-8 Comparison of variations of sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm.<br />

60


Chapter 5<br />

Autonomous Sensing with Adaptive Sensing Rate<br />

The algorithm of autonomous sensing with adaptive rate is based on prediction<br />

theory <strong>and</strong> fuzzy logic. It takes advantage of the computational capability of the smart<br />

motes <strong>and</strong> adds another layer of intelligence to the sensors. <strong>Wireless</strong> sensor nodes<br />

embedded with the algorithm dynamically adapt their sensing rate to the change of the<br />

physical stimulus, <strong>and</strong> thus avoid unnecessary sensing <strong>and</strong> wireless transmission while<br />

retaining high resolution of the overall sensory in<strong>for</strong>mation <strong>for</strong> real-time lighting<br />

control purposes.<br />

5.1 Rationale<br />

For wireless sensor networks that monitor phenomena with slow dynamics, it is<br />

sometimes not clear how to set an appropriate sensing rate so that the sensors return<br />

data with good resolution without consuming unnecessary resources by over-sampling.<br />

A fixed or uni<strong>for</strong>m sensing rate that results in good resolution when the system is in<br />

transient state is usually considered unnecessarily high during steady state. High sensing<br />

rates in battery-powered wireless sensor nodes imply that energy is wasted turning the<br />

sensors on/off <strong>and</strong> processing sensor readings. Although data acquisition generally<br />

requires only a negligible amount of energy in the operation of wireless sensor nodes,<br />

wireless transmission of the acquired readings <strong>for</strong> real-time control purposes will<br />

contribute to significant power drain. On the other h<strong>and</strong>, a low uni<strong>for</strong>m sensing rate<br />

could cause an undesirable delay in response to changes even though it consumes less<br />

energy sensing, processing, <strong>and</strong> communicating as compared to a higher sensing rate.<br />

61


The daylighting system application in this research is a good example <strong>for</strong> the<br />

dilemma of choosing a fixed optimal sensing rate. The available daylight in a room may<br />

stay relatively steady <strong>for</strong> a long period of time during the day, but change rapidly at<br />

dawn <strong>and</strong> dusk or when there are clouds passing by. There<strong>for</strong>e, tuning the sensing rate<br />

is a nontrivial problem. Since it is difficult to find a universally optimal sensing rate <strong>for</strong><br />

all situations, it is reasonable to ask, “Is there an efficient method by which to<br />

dynamically adapt the sensing rate so that it is high when the system is at transient state<br />

<strong>and</strong> low when at steady state?”<br />

Marbini et al. proposed a generic mechanism <strong>for</strong> adaptive sampling as replicated<br />

in Figure 5-1 [93]. However, no conclusive suggestion was made on how each critical<br />

element – “model” <strong>and</strong> “control loop” blocks – should be implemented. Jain et al.<br />

implemented the idea by applying a Kalman filter in the “model” block <strong>and</strong> proposed a<br />

two-fold module – source side module <strong>and</strong> central server module – <strong>for</strong> the “control<br />

loop” block in Figure 5-1 [94]. The source side module allows the sensor node to<br />

dynamically adjust the sensing rate within a predetermined range according to the<br />

prediction error of the model using a customized function. If the new sensing rate<br />

determined by the source side module is beyond the predetermined range, the central<br />

server module manages the requests <strong>for</strong> a new sensing rate in a centralized fashion. The<br />

proposed adaptive strategy in [94] is suitable <strong>for</strong> query-based sensor network<br />

configuration, but is probably not ideal <strong>for</strong> real-time feedback control applications.<br />

62


Figure 5-1 Mechanism <strong>for</strong> adaptive sampling [93].<br />

5.2 Algorithm <strong>and</strong> Mathematical Detail<br />

The algorithm developed follows the idea in [93] <strong>and</strong> [94] with a better choice<br />

of predictive model <strong>and</strong> adaptive rules. The architecture of the algorithm is shown in<br />

Figure 5-2. In each iteration, be<strong>for</strong>e a sensor reading becomes available the predictive<br />

model generates a one-step prediction of the incoming sensor reading yk ˆ( ), which is<br />

compared to the actual sensor reading y(k) to calculate the prediction error e(k) as in<br />

(5.1). The parameter of the predictive model is updated according to e(k) <strong>for</strong> predicting<br />

the next incoming sensor reading yk+ ˆ( 1) . Meanwhile, the prediction error serves as an<br />

index of how fast the environment is changing so that the fuzzy sensing rate adaptor can<br />

adjust the sensing rate to ensure the resolution of the sensed in<strong>for</strong>mation.<br />

e(k) = y(k) ŷ(k) (5.1)<br />

Figure 5-2 Architecture of adaptive sensing rate algorithm.<br />

63


The key components are the predictive model used to generate the one-step<br />

sensor reading prediction <strong>and</strong> the fuzzy sensing rate adaptor, which uses the prediction<br />

error to determine sensing rate. The predictor parameters update block simply<br />

highlights that the parameters of the predictive model get updated with each sensing<br />

iteration according to the prediction error, but the actual parameter update is usually an<br />

integrated part of the predicting process.<br />

Predictive model<br />

Three different prediction or <strong>for</strong>ecasting approaches were adopted <strong>and</strong> evaluated<br />

– Kalman filtering, adaptive Wiener filtering, <strong>and</strong> double exponential smoothing<br />

methods.<br />

Kalman filtering<br />

The model is represented in state-space equations in (5.2):<br />

x k +1<br />

= Ax k<br />

+ w k<br />

, (5.2)<br />

y k<br />

= Cx k<br />

+ v k<br />

where<br />

x k is the state of the system at time k;<br />

A is the state transition matrix;<br />

w k is the model disturbance at time k with covariance matrix Q;<br />

y k is the measurement at time k;<br />

C is the measurement matrix;<br />

v k is the measurement noise at time k with covariance matrix R.<br />

64


The time update equations <strong>and</strong> measurement update equations can be derived as (5.3)<br />

<strong>and</strong> (5.6) respectively.<br />

k<br />

x k +1<br />

= Ax k<br />

k<br />

(5.3)<br />

k<br />

P k +1<br />

= AP k k A T + Q (5.4)<br />

K k +1<br />

= P k k +1<br />

C T CP k<br />

k +1<br />

C T + R<br />

k<br />

x +1 k<br />

k +1<br />

= x k +1<br />

( ) 1 (5.5)<br />

k<br />

+ K k +1 ( y k +1<br />

Cx k +1 ) (5.6)<br />

k<br />

P +1 k<br />

k +1<br />

= ( I K k +1<br />

C)P k +1<br />

(5.7)<br />

where<br />

k<br />

x k +1<br />

is the predicted state of the system <strong>for</strong> time k+1 using measurements up to k;<br />

x k k is the estimated state of the system at time k given measurements up to k;<br />

k<br />

P k +1<br />

k<br />

( )( x k +1<br />

ˆx k +1 ) T<br />

= E<br />

<br />

k<br />

x k +1<br />

ˆx<br />

<br />

k +1<br />

using measurements up to time k;<br />

<br />

<br />

is the error covariance matrix <strong>for</strong> time k+1<br />

P k k<br />

= E<br />

<br />

k<br />

x k<br />

ˆx<br />

<br />

k<br />

k<br />

( )( x k<br />

ˆx k ) T<br />

<br />

<br />

is the error covariance matrix of time k given<br />

measurements up to time k;<br />

K k+1 is the Kalman gain <strong>for</strong> time k+1.<br />

The prediction <strong>and</strong> corresponding prediction error generated by the Kalman<br />

filtering approach on a set of daylight data is shown in Figure 5-3, where the blue solid<br />

line in (a) is the true daylight data sampled every ten seconds <strong>and</strong> the green dashed line<br />

is the prediction. The mean square error (MSE) is 1800.2, which is large because the<br />

Kalman filtering method was started with r<strong>and</strong>om guesses of initial values. The MSE is<br />

22.7 if the initial guesses are not used.<br />

65


Figure 5-3 Prediction per<strong>for</strong>mance of Kalman filtering.<br />

Adaptive Wiener filtering<br />

A one-step predictive Wiener filter can be <strong>for</strong>mulated as shown in Figure 5-4,<br />

where<br />

Y k = [y(k-1) y(k-2) … y(k-p)] T is the vector of the past p measurements;<br />

W(k) = [w 1 (k) w 2 (k) … w p (k)] T is the vector of the p filter parameters updated to time<br />

k-1, <strong>and</strong> p is the order of the filter.<br />

Figure 5-4 Adaptive Wiener filter.<br />

66


The one-step prediction of the measurement <strong>for</strong> time k, yk ˆ( ), given the previous p<br />

measurements can be obtained using (5.8).<br />

The prediction error at time k is expressed as (5.9).<br />

p<br />

ŷ(k) = W (k) T Y k<br />

= w i<br />

(k)y(k i)<br />

(5.8)<br />

i=1<br />

p<br />

e(k) = y(k) ŷ(k) = y(k) w i<br />

(k)y(k i)<br />

(5.9)<br />

The least mean square (LMS) algorithm is used to update the filter parameter w i (k), <strong>and</strong><br />

the updating rule is shown in (5.10), where μ is the step size of the LMS algorithm.<br />

i=1<br />

W (k + 1) = W (k) μe(k)Y k<br />

or<br />

w i<br />

(k + 1) = w i<br />

(k) μe(k)y(k i), i = 1,2,..., p<br />

(5.10)<br />

The prediction <strong>and</strong> the corresponding prediction error generated by the adaptive<br />

Wiener filtering approach with two coefficients (p=2) on the same set of daylight data<br />

as that used in Figure 5-3 is shown in Figure 5-5. The blue solid line in (a) is the true<br />

daylight data sampled every ten seconds <strong>and</strong> the green dashed line is the prediction. The<br />

MSE is 17.7 when the initializing r<strong>and</strong>om guesses are accounted <strong>for</strong>. The MSE is 6.1 if<br />

the initial guesses are deducted.<br />

67


Figure 5-5 Prediction per<strong>for</strong>mance of adaptive Wiener filtering.<br />

Double exponential smoothing<br />

Since the change of daylight over a day usually presents a linear trend of<br />

increasing or decreasing over time, double exponential smoothing method is the most<br />

reasonable choice of predictive models in the exponential smoother family. The model<br />

is shown in (5.11), where b 1 <strong>and</strong> b 2 are constants <strong>and</strong> k is r<strong>and</strong>om noise with zero mean<br />

<strong>and</strong> variance<br />

2<br />

<br />

<br />

.<br />

y k<br />

= b 1<br />

+ b 2<br />

k + k<br />

(5.11)<br />

The first order <strong>and</strong> second order smoothed statistics at time k can be calculated in (5.12)<br />

<strong>and</strong> (5.13), where is the smoothing constant.<br />

S k<br />

= y k<br />

+ (1 )S k 1<br />

(5.12)<br />

S [2] [2]<br />

k<br />

= S k<br />

+ (1 )S k 1<br />

(5.13)<br />

The one-step prediction equation can then be derived as in (5.14).<br />

68


ŷ k +1<br />

= 2 + <br />

<br />

1 <br />

S <br />

1+ <br />

k<br />

<br />

1 <br />

S k<br />

[2]<br />

(5.14)<br />

The prediction <strong>and</strong> corresponding prediction error generated by double<br />

exponential smoothing approach on the same set of daylight data as that used in Figure<br />

5-3 is shown in Figure 5-6, where the blue solid line in (a) is the true daylight data<br />

sampled every ten seconds <strong>and</strong> the green dashed line is the prediction. Unlike Kalman<br />

<strong>and</strong> Wiener filtering approaches, which may be started with r<strong>and</strong>om initial guesses, the<br />

double exponential soothing method has to be initiated by smoothing over the first few<br />

data points. In this case, the first 24 data points were used <strong>for</strong> initialization, <strong>and</strong> the<br />

MSE is 91.9.<br />

Figure 5-6 Prediction per<strong>for</strong>mance of double exponential smoothing.<br />

Compare the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the above three predictive models (Figure 5-3,<br />

Figure 5-5 <strong>and</strong> Figure 5-6). Each model can provide a reasonably good prediction.<br />

69


Among them, adaptive Wiener filtering approach generally results in the smallest<br />

prediction error with the least ef<strong>for</strong>t tuning the parameters.<br />

Fuzzy sensing rate adaptor<br />

The adaptation of sensing rate is based on the simple logic that large prediction<br />

errors indicate that the environment is undergoing changes, <strong>and</strong> thus the sensing rate<br />

should be high to catch the changes. On the other h<strong>and</strong>, if the prediction errors are<br />

small, then the changes of the environment are likely to fall into the region where the<br />

predictive model is able to correctly predict. Hence, the sensing rate could be<br />

reasonably lowered without compromising the resolution of the sensory in<strong>for</strong>mation.<br />

However, it is hard to quantitatively determine whether the prediction error at a<br />

certain single instance is large or small without the context of what the overall<br />

prediction errors look like. There<strong>for</strong>e, a simple exponential moving average smoother is<br />

implemented. The smoothed prediction error at time k is generated by smoothing over<br />

all the prediction errors up to time k as shown in (5.15), where is the smoothing<br />

constant, e(k) is the last prediction error <strong>and</strong> S k <strong>and</strong> S k-1 are the smoothed statistics at<br />

time k <strong>and</strong> k-1 respectively.<br />

ê(k + 1) e smoothed<br />

(k) S k<br />

= e(k) + (1 )S k 1<br />

(5.15)<br />

The prediction error at time k+1 is then compared to the previous smoothed prediction<br />

error using (5.16) to determine if the prediction error is large or small.<br />

(k + 1) = e(k + 1) ê(k + 1) (5.16)<br />

A set of fuzzy rules is implemented to adapt the sensing rate:<br />

70


IF (k) small, THEN sensing rate low;<br />

IF (k) medium, THEN sensing rate moderate;<br />

IF (k) large, THEN sensing rate high.<br />

The membership functions <strong>for</strong> determining the sensing rate are shown in Figure<br />

5-7. The membership functions on the left are <strong>for</strong> fuzzification, where m is the<br />

fuzzification parameter <strong>and</strong> max is the upper limit beyond which (k) is<br />

deterministically considered as large. The membership functions on the right are <strong>for</strong><br />

defuzzification, where m SR is the defuzzification parameter, <strong>and</strong> SR min <strong>and</strong> SR max are the<br />

minimum <strong>and</strong> maximum allowed sensing rate respectively. While m <strong>and</strong> m SR need to be<br />

tuned, max can be specified from the nature of the sensed environment <strong>and</strong> SR min <strong>and</strong><br />

SR max are determined according to the specifications of the sensing tasks.<br />

Figure 5-7 Membership functions <strong>for</strong> determining sensing rate.<br />

The promising per<strong>for</strong>mance of the adaptive sensing algorithm is verified through<br />

simulation in the next section as shown in Figure 5-9, Figure 5-10, <strong>and</strong> Figure 5-11. It<br />

is, however, not impossible to encounter a circumstance where (k) becomes very small<br />

71


even though the sensed environment is still under dramatic change. If this kind of<br />

situation occurs, the algorithm will automatically lower the sensing rate in response,<br />

which in turn causes loss of valuable sensory in<strong>for</strong>mation. There<strong>for</strong>e, it may be more<br />

logical to gradually lower the sensing rate so as to mitigate in<strong>for</strong>mation loss in case the<br />

sensed environment is not steady <strong>for</strong> certain. On the contrary, the sensing rate should be<br />

increased sharply to guarantee the resolution of the sensed data as soon as any<br />

transience is detected. For this purpose, the fuzzy adaptive rules are extended to<br />

introduce “damping” when adapting the sensing rate so that if the sensing rate tends to<br />

lower, it will be decreased slowly. This works as follows:<br />

IF (k) small, THEN sensing rate low AND damping heavy;<br />

IF (k) medium, THEN sensing rate moderate AND damping moderate;<br />

IF (k) large, THEN sensing rate high AND damping light.<br />

The extended membership functions <strong>for</strong> the revised fuzzy rules are shown in<br />

Figure 5-8, where the membership functions in the left two plots are the same as the<br />

previous design <strong>and</strong> the membership functions in the plot to the right are <strong>for</strong><br />

defuzzification of the damping ratio. One additional defuzzification parameter, m damp ,<br />

needs to be tuned <strong>for</strong> proper damping. The damping ratio will be in the range of [0, 1].<br />

72


Figure 5-8 Membership functions <strong>for</strong> determining sensing rate with damping.<br />

At each sensing instance, two values are generated from (k) using the fuzzy<br />

rules – an updamped sensing rate SR undamped (k) <strong>and</strong> a damping ratio (k). SR undamped is<br />

exactly the sensing rate in the undamped version of the adaptation mechanism. The<br />

damped sensing rate, denoted as SR damped (k), is calculated using (5.17), where<br />

SR damped (k-1) is the preceding sensing rate.<br />

SR damped<br />

(k) = SR damped<br />

(k 1) + (k) ( SR undamped<br />

(k) SR damped<br />

(k 1) ) (5.17)<br />

Equation (5.17) can be derived from (5.18), which interprets the current sensing rate<br />

SR(k) as the previous sensing rate SR(k-1) adjusted by the difference between the two<br />

consecutive sensing rates. Modifying (5.18) by multiplying the second term by a proper<br />

damping ratio, the <strong>for</strong>mula in (5.17) is obtained.<br />

SR(k) = SR(k) SR(k 1) + SR(k 1)<br />

= SR(k 1) + ( SR(k) SR(k 1) )<br />

(5.18)<br />

73


5.3 Simulation <strong>and</strong> Experiment Results<br />

Each of the predictive models was integrated with the fuzzy sensing rate adaptor<br />

<strong>and</strong> simulated using the same set of daylight data as that used in Figure 5-5. The<br />

daylight data were sampled at a fixed rate of ten seconds/sample using one mote<br />

photosensor. A total of 1851 consecutive data points were collected.<br />

The fuzzy parameters were tuned as follows: m was tuned to 8 <strong>and</strong> max was set<br />

to 20; SR min was arbitrarily set to 600 seconds/sample (10 minutes/sample); SR max was<br />

set to the highest possible resolution of the daylight data – 10 seconds/sample, the rate<br />

at which the daylight data was sampled; m SR was tuned to 250 seconds/sample; m damp<br />

was tuned to 0.3 <strong>for</strong> the damped version of the algorithm.<br />

Figure 5-9, Figure 5-10, <strong>and</strong> Figure 5-11 show the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the sensing<br />

rate adaptation mechanism with Kalman filtering, adaptive Wiener filtering, <strong>and</strong> the<br />

double exponential smoothing model respectively be<strong>for</strong>e applying any damping. The<br />

solid blue line in (a) of each figure is the daylight data sampled uni<strong>for</strong>mly at 10<br />

seconds/sample, <strong>and</strong> the dashed green line is the daylight in<strong>for</strong>mation reconstructed<br />

from the adaptively sensed data. Compared to the original 1851 samples, only 164, 174,<br />

<strong>and</strong> 262 points were sampled with respect to each predictive model during the entire<br />

sensing task. Plot (b) of each figure details how the sensing rates were adapted over<br />

time. All of the predictive models resulted in reasonably good abilities of preserving the<br />

original daylight in<strong>for</strong>mation.<br />

74


Figure 5-9 Adaptive sensing with Kalman filtering predictive model.<br />

Figure 5-10 Adaptive sensing with Wiener filtering predictive model.<br />

75


Figure 5-11 Adaptive sensing with double exponential smoothing predictive model.<br />

A close examination of the adaptation of the sensing interval in plot (b) of<br />

Figure 5-9 to Figure 5-11 reveals that the sensing rate changed quite r<strong>and</strong>omly. There is<br />

no clear correlation between two consecutive sensing intervals. The sensing rate can be<br />

very high in one instance, but determined to be very low in the following instance. For<br />

example, around the 157 th minute in Figure 5-10(b), the sampling interval was adapted<br />

to 450 seconds/sample although the previous ones were much lower. This caused<br />

undesirable loss of in<strong>for</strong>mation as seen in Figure 5-10(a) – the gap between the solid<br />

blue line <strong>and</strong> the dashed green line reflects the fact that the adapted sensing interval<br />

failed to capture the daylight change in the blue valley.<br />

Figure 5-12, Figure 5-13, <strong>and</strong> Figure 5-14 show the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the damped<br />

sensing rate adaptor with Kalman filtering, adaptive Wiener filtering, <strong>and</strong> the double<br />

exponential smoothing model respectively. Like the figures <strong>for</strong> the undamped version,<br />

the solid blue line in (a) of each figure is the daylight data sampled uni<strong>for</strong>mly at 10<br />

76


seconds/sample, <strong>and</strong> the dashed green line is the daylight in<strong>for</strong>mation reconstructed<br />

from the adaptively sampled data. Compared to the original 1851 samples, 236, 227,<br />

<strong>and</strong> 358 data points were sampled with respect to each predictive model during the<br />

entire sensing task. In other words, only less than one-fifth of the sensing ef<strong>for</strong>t was<br />

required to pertinently represent daylight change in that period. Plot (b) of each figure<br />

details how the sensing rates were adapted over time.<br />

Figure 5-12 Damped adaptive sensing with Kalman filtering predictive model.<br />

77


Figure 5-13 Damped adaptive sensing with Wiener filtering predictive model.<br />

Figure 5-14 Damped adaptive sensing with double exponential smoothing predictive model.<br />

At the cost of more samples due to the additional damping, each adaptive<br />

sensing task resulted in even better fidelity in capturing the daylighting in<strong>for</strong>mation than<br />

its undamped counterpart. In plot (b) of Figure 5-12 to Figure 5-14, it is obvious that the<br />

78


sampling intervals did not r<strong>and</strong>omly jump up <strong>and</strong> down anymore but increased<br />

gradually <strong>and</strong> decreased sharply. Also, the maximum adapted sampling intervals were<br />

never as large as those without damping. Finally, it’s worth emphasizing that the<br />

reduced sensing ef<strong>for</strong>t means less frequent wireless communication <strong>for</strong> real-time<br />

lighting control, which translates into longer life spans of the battery-powered wireless<br />

photosensors.<br />

79


Chapter 6<br />

Optimal <strong>Lighting</strong> Actuation<br />

The optimal lighting actuation algorithm is based on linear programming<br />

optimization. Taking advantage of individual addressability <strong>and</strong> controllability of the<br />

wireless-enabled luminaires, this algorithm generates the optimal settings <strong>for</strong> each<br />

luminaire, which results in minimum energy usage <strong>and</strong> maximum user satisfaction.<br />

6.1 Rationale<br />

The wireless capabilities of the luminaires in the research system are enabled<br />

with mote actuation interfaces. In addition to the obvious benefit of circumventing<br />

costly rewiring when retrofitting the existing lighting system with the research system,<br />

each luminaire is individually addressable, <strong>and</strong> hence can be controlled independently.<br />

Moreover, the luminaires are made dimmable after they are integrated with the wireless<br />

actuation interface. In other words, instead of controlling all the lights with one or a few<br />

switches as in a traditional lighting configuration, each of the wirelessly controllable<br />

luminaires acts like an independent dimmer/switch in the research system. Given the<br />

greatly increased degree of freedom, it is possible to generate more energy savings by<br />

efficiently turning off the luminaires in any unoccupied area.<br />

Another superiority of individually addressable luminaires is the ability to better<br />

satisfy occupants’ lighting preferences <strong>and</strong> requirements by delivering the desired<br />

amount of light from luminaires proximate to each occupant. Studies conducted in<br />

typical office environments have shown a positive correlation between lighting<br />

satisfaction <strong>and</strong> the productivity of the occupants [95]. Researchers have also identified<br />

80


the significantly diverse preferences <strong>and</strong> requirements <strong>for</strong> lighting among individuals as<br />

well as by the same person <strong>for</strong> different tasks [6, 7]. There<strong>for</strong>e, individually addressable<br />

luminaires present the promising potential to optimize user’s com<strong>for</strong>t in line with the<br />

recommendations in the Daylight <strong>and</strong> Electric <strong>Lighting</strong> Control Systems Design Guide<br />

of the International <strong>Energy</strong> Agency [52].<br />

Furthermore, satisfying occupants’ lighting preferences may also contribute to<br />

significant energy savings. It has been a common misunderst<strong>and</strong>ing that satisfying<br />

personal visual com<strong>for</strong>t is the contrary to energy savings. Nonetheless, recent studies<br />

have revealed that it could be energy efficient on average if occupants are granted the<br />

option of working under their ideal light settings [22, 96].<br />

In summary, the challenge of designing a lighting system with individually<br />

addressable luminaires lies in figuring out how to optimize energy usage <strong>and</strong> user<br />

satisfaction given that occupants have diverse or even competing lighting preferences.<br />

The research presented in this chapter proposes a lighting optimization algorithm<br />

capable of delivering the optimal lighting that minimizes overall energy usage while<br />

satisfying occupants’ diverse or even competing lighting preferences <strong>and</strong> requirements.<br />

6.2 Open-loop <strong>Lighting</strong> Optimization Algorithm<br />

Architecture<br />

Figure 6-1 shows the architecture of the optimal lighting actuation algorithm.<br />

The overall lighting in an office is considered as a linear combination of the light<br />

contributions from each of the luminaires. In the illuminance model generator, a model<br />

81


of the workplane level illuminance <strong>for</strong> the entire room is generated <strong>for</strong> each of the<br />

luminaires. Figure 6-2 shows an example of one such model, where the x <strong>and</strong> y axes are<br />

the room’s dimensions. The lighting optimizer calculates the optimal linear combination<br />

of the individual illuminance models that minimize the entire lighting output, <strong>and</strong> hence<br />

the energy consumption, while meeting the present occupants’ lighting preferences even<br />

under possible conflicts. The optimal settings of each luminaire are wrapped into<br />

actuation comm<strong>and</strong> packets <strong>and</strong> sent to each luminaire wirelessly. The wireless-enabled<br />

luminaires subsequently translate actuation comm<strong>and</strong>s to corresponding signals to<br />

dim/lighten the lights or toggle the lights on/off.<br />

Figure 6-1 Architecture of the optimal lighting actuation algorithm.<br />

The light setting control implemented in the lighting optimizer is <strong>for</strong>mulated as a<br />

linear programming problem. The objective is to minimize the resulting illuminances at<br />

the workplane level, <strong>and</strong> the constraints are the lighting preferences of the presented<br />

occupants. Since power consumption is proportional to the light output from the<br />

luminaire [97], minimizing the light output is equivalent to minimizing energy usage.<br />

82


Figure 6-2 Workplane level illuminance distribution model.<br />

Illuminance model generator<br />

The room is first geographically discretized into a grid of squares with<br />

predefined resolution, <strong>and</strong> utilizing RADIANCE Synthetic Imaging System [98], the<br />

workplane level illuminance at the center of each small square is calculated with respect<br />

to each luminaire. This process requires basic knowledge of the room’s configuration,<br />

including room dimensions, luminaire locations, surface reflectance, etc., <strong>and</strong> only has<br />

to be done once as long as there is no change to the room configuration. The procedure<br />

of generating the illuminance model is inspired by SPOT [99], a sensor placement<br />

software that helps designers to optimize photosensor locations <strong>for</strong> better daylight<br />

harvesting per<strong>for</strong>mance. The model generated is represented in a matrix where each of<br />

the elements is the workplane level illuminance corresponding to each square. Take an<br />

83


office with K luminaires, <strong>for</strong> example, <strong>and</strong> suppose it is discretized into a grid of mn<br />

squares. The generated illuminance models are K m-by-n matrices, l 1 , l 2 ,…,l K ,<br />

associated with each of the K luminaires indicated by the superscript number. Equation<br />

(6.1) is the symbolic representation of the i th illuminance models matrix, l i .<br />

i<br />

i<br />

l 11<br />

… l 1n<br />

<br />

l i =<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

i<br />

i<br />

<br />

l m1<br />

l mn <br />

(6.1)<br />

<strong>Lighting</strong> optimizer<br />

The illuminance of the room at the workplane level (E) is represented as the<br />

linear combination of each model as shown in (6.2), where d i is the light level output of<br />

each luminaire.<br />

i<br />

i<br />

e 11<br />

… e 1n<br />

<br />

<br />

K<br />

l 11<br />

… l 1n<br />

<br />

K<br />

E=<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

= d<br />

<br />

i<br />

l i = d i<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

(6.2)<br />

<br />

e m1<br />

e i=1<br />

i=1 i<br />

i<br />

mn <br />

<br />

l m1<br />

l mn <br />

For mathematical manipulation, each matrix is rearranged into a column vector<br />

by concatenating the columns, denoted 1 , 2 ,…,<br />

K<br />

l l l , <strong>and</strong> (6.2) can be rewritten as a<br />

pure matrix operation expressed in (6.3). The operator L, with the rearranged vectors of<br />

the models as its columns, defines the trans<strong>for</strong>mation from a vector of light output level<br />

d into the resulting workplane level illuminance E of the room. E is the vector of<br />

concatenated columns of E due to the rearrangement of the illuminance models.<br />

84


E = <br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

e 11<br />

e m1<br />

e 12<br />

e m2<br />

e 1n<br />

e mn<br />

1<br />

<br />

l 11<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

1<br />

l<br />

<br />

m1<br />

<br />

<br />

1<br />

l<br />

<br />

12<br />

| | | <br />

= l 1 l 2<br />

l<br />

<br />

K 1<br />

d=<br />

<br />

<br />

l m2<br />

<br />

| | |<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

1<br />

<br />

<br />

l<br />

<br />

1n<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

1<br />

<br />

l<br />

<br />

mn<br />

2<br />

l 11<br />

<br />

2<br />

l m1<br />

2<br />

l 12<br />

<br />

2<br />

l m2<br />

<br />

<br />

2<br />

l 1n<br />

<br />

12<br />

l mn<br />

<br />

K<br />

l 11<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

K<br />

l<br />

<br />

m1 <br />

K<br />

l <br />

12<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

K <br />

<br />

l m2 <br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

l 1n<br />

K<br />

<br />

K<br />

l mn<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

d a<br />

d b<br />

<br />

d l<br />

<br />

<br />

Ld (6.3)<br />

<br />

<br />

The objective is to find an optimal set of light output levels d so as to result in a<br />

properly illuminated room E that satisfies each occupant’s lighting preference. The<br />

occupants’ lighting preferences are also specified in correspondence with the small<br />

squares in the grid of discretized room, which are the locations of their workplanes.<br />

Since the personally specified points of interest are most likely confined to a small area<br />

rather than the entire room, it is unrealistic <strong>and</strong> unnecessary to artificially generate the<br />

entire E <strong>for</strong> finding the optimal light setting. There<strong>for</strong>e, the reduced-order vector E sub<br />

,<br />

which contains only the specified illuminances at the points of interest, is considered.<br />

Likewise, the order of the operator L is reduced to obtain the corresponding matrix L sub<br />

<strong>and</strong> (6.3) is then condensed to (6.4), where e pq ,e rs ,…,e xy are the desired illuminances at<br />

the specified locations. The goal then becomes finding the optimal set of light output<br />

levels d that satisfy the occupants’ lighting preferences E sub<br />

.<br />

85


E sub<br />

=<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

e pq<br />

e rs<br />

<br />

<br />

e xy<br />

<br />

1<br />

<br />

<br />

= L sub<br />

d = <br />

<br />

1<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

1<br />

l pq<br />

l rs<br />

l xy<br />

2<br />

l pq<br />

2<br />

l rs<br />

<br />

<br />

2<br />

l xy<br />

<br />

K<br />

l pq<br />

K<br />

l rs<br />

<br />

<br />

K<br />

l xy<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

d 1<br />

d 2<br />

<br />

d K<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

(6.4)<br />

This problem is <strong>for</strong>mulated into a linear programming problem as shown in (6.5)<br />

. By minimizing the 1-norm of vector d, the summation of the output levels from each<br />

luminaire is minimized, which translates into minimizing the energy usage of the<br />

resulting settings. The lighting preferences of the occupants are posed as the constraints<br />

to the linear programming problem. The physical dimming capabilities of each<br />

luminaire, DimLevel min <strong>and</strong> DimLevel max , are also considered as constraints.<br />

min d<br />

1<br />

, subject to<br />

L sub<br />

d = E sub<br />

,<br />

(6.5)<br />

DimLevel min<br />

d DimLevel max<br />

However, this optimization problem may not have a solution, depending on how<br />

each of the points of interest is specified in the equality constraint. Infeasible problems<br />

are most likely caused by the occupants’ conflicting lighting preferences. In case of<br />

infeasibility, the equality constraints are relieved to inequality constraints, thus allowing<br />

some tolerances. The relief of the equality constraints makes sense in that the physical<br />

meaning of this is to allow the lights at the points of interest to be regulated in certain<br />

tolerable ranges ( tol ) instead of dem<strong>and</strong>ing the exact illuminances. Studies have shown<br />

that people are insensitive to 20% of illuminance changes <strong>and</strong> are willing to accept an<br />

illuminance change up to 30% [100]. In summary, the algorithm starts with the original<br />

linear programming problem with equality constraints <strong>and</strong> gradually exp<strong>and</strong>s the<br />

86


tolerable range by relieving the equality constraints into inequality constraints as shown<br />

in (6.6).<br />

min d<br />

1<br />

, subject to<br />

L sub<br />

d E sub<br />

+ tol<br />

, <br />

L sub<br />

E<br />

<br />

L sub<br />

d E sub<br />

tol<br />

, <br />

L sub d <br />

sub<br />

+ tol<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

E sub<br />

+ tol ,<br />

(6.6)<br />

DimLevel min<br />

d DimLevel max<br />

6.3 <strong>Lighting</strong> Optimization Algorithm with <strong>Sensor</strong>y Feedback<br />

The basic optimal lighting actuation algorithm is a single-iteration operation that<br />

assumes perfect illuminance model <strong>and</strong> no extraneous source of light. It is, however, not<br />

possible to capture every detail of the room configuration <strong>and</strong> account <strong>for</strong><br />

manufacturing tolerances of the lights to generate accurate workplane level illuminance<br />

models. More importantly, daylight will always be an uncontrollable external light<br />

source <strong>for</strong> a daylight harvesting system, so the algorithm must be able to incorporate<br />

available daylight <strong>for</strong> optimal lighting actuation. There<strong>for</strong>e, the open-loop lighting<br />

optimization algorithm is extended by closing the control loop with sensory feedback to<br />

compensate <strong>for</strong> uncertainties <strong>and</strong> external light sources.<br />

Figure 6-3 shows the block diagram of the extended lighting optimization<br />

algorithm. The behaviors of the illuminance model generator, lighting optimizer <strong>and</strong><br />

wireless-enabled luminaires are exactly the same as those described be<strong>for</strong>e. The<br />

photosensors placed at each of the locations of interest sense the light, which may be a<br />

mixture of electric light <strong>and</strong> daylight, <strong>and</strong> transmit the measurement back to the lighting<br />

87


optimizer <strong>for</strong> a consistency check. The constraints of the linear program are revised in<br />

response to the result from the consistency check <strong>for</strong> the next iteration of optimization.<br />

Figure 6-3 <strong>Lighting</strong> optimization with sensory feedback.<br />

For the first iteration of lighting optimization be<strong>for</strong>e any sensory feedback, the<br />

constraints derived from occupants’ preference are the ones shown in (6.4). Suppose the<br />

actual illuminances on the points of interest measured by the photosensors are<br />

S 1<br />

= <br />

<br />

s pq<br />

(1) s rs<br />

(1) s xy<br />

(1)<br />

T<br />

<br />

, where the subscript of the bold-face capital s <strong>and</strong> the<br />

number in the parentheses denotes the number of the iteration, then the constraints will<br />

be modified to (6.7) <strong>for</strong> the next iteration of optimization (6.8). Each iteration brings the<br />

delivered lighting closer to the desired lighting, <strong>and</strong> the algorithm terminates when the<br />

difference between the desired <strong>and</strong> the sensed illuminance fall into a tolerable range ().<br />

The pseudo code of the algorithm is illustrated in Figure 6-4.<br />

88


L sub<br />

d = E sub<br />

+ ( E sub<br />

S 1 )=<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

min d<br />

1<br />

, subject to<br />

e pq<br />

e rs<br />

<br />

<br />

e xy<br />

e pq<br />

s pq<br />

(1) <br />

e<br />

rs<br />

s rs<br />

(1) <br />

<br />

+<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

T 1<br />

(6.7)<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

e xy<br />

s xy<br />

(1)<br />

<br />

<br />

L sub<br />

d = T 1<br />

,<br />

(6.8)<br />

DimLevel min<br />

d DimLevel max<br />

6.4 Simulation <strong>and</strong> Experiment Results<br />

The optimal lighting actuation algorithm was simulated <strong>and</strong> verified using a<br />

shared-space office, which is part of the implementation described in Chapter 9.2. The<br />

30-by-19-by-143 office contains ten personal workstations <strong>and</strong> some shared<br />

worksurfaces as illustrated in Figure 6-5. The workplanes are 29.25 above the floor.<br />

There are twelve 2-lamp troffers hanging 4 from the ceiling evenly mounted in the<br />

office as the 12 equally spaced rectangles represent in Figure 6-5. The numbers marked<br />

on the corner of the troffers indicate the order in which the optimal light output <strong>for</strong> the<br />

luminaires will be presented in the following testing. The reflectance of the floor, walls<br />

<strong>and</strong> ceiling is measured at 10%, 50% <strong>and</strong> 30% respectively. As the illuminance model<br />

generator in the optimal lighting actuation algorithm requires a wall as a boundary, the<br />

model placed an artificial wall on the north side of the part of the room under study,<br />

whereas the actual room is connected to a meeting area with no physical separator in<br />

between. No window was considered at this point as the there is no window in this inner<br />

office.<br />

89


Figure 6-4 Pseudo code of the lighting optimization algorithm with sensory feedback.<br />

90


Figure 6-5 Floor plan of the experiment office.<br />

6.4.1 Open-loop <strong>Lighting</strong> Optimization Algorithm<br />

Two representative scenarios were considered. It was assumed that the<br />

occupants only specified their preferred task illuminance at their desktop. Preferences<br />

concerning the surroundings of the workplanes could be accounted <strong>for</strong> by specifying<br />

more points of interest in the lighting optimization algorithm. The office was divided<br />

into a grid of 4-by-4 squares in the illuminance model generator. Other practical<br />

factors were also taken into account: (1) the resulting optimal light settings were<br />

represented in the percentage of the maximum output of the luminaires <strong>and</strong> rounded to<br />

integers as the dimming resolution of the wireless ballast actuator is discrete (256<br />

distinct levels); (2) the light levels were set to 5% whenever the optimized output was<br />

less than 5% but greater than 0 since the effective output range of typical dimming<br />

ballasts is 5-100%. The light would be turned off if the optimized light setting was 0.<br />

The first scenario considered a sparsely occupied office where only four<br />

occupants were present, each with a unique lighting preference. The purpose of this<br />

91


simulation was to show that the optimized lighting not only managed to meet each<br />

occupant’s preference but also efficiently conserved energy by not illuminating<br />

unoccupied areas. The resulting illuminance at the workplane level is shown in Figure<br />

6-6, <strong>and</strong> the optimal light settings determined by the algorithm <strong>for</strong> each of the 12<br />

luminaires are [74%, 31%, 79%, 0%, 100%, 5%, 0%, 0%, 0%, 100%, 0%, 0%] ordered<br />

by the numbers annotated in Figure 6-5. Compared to the original lighting configuration<br />

of the office where the luminaires were wired to be turned on/off all together, only<br />

32.4% of the light, <strong>and</strong> hence the energy, was used to achieve the occupants’ lighting<br />

requirements. To verify the simulation, a light meter was placed at the desktop where<br />

preferred illuminances were specified. The numbers at the bottom of each group of<br />

three stacked numbers in the luminance contour plot in Figure 6-6 are the specified<br />

preferred illuminances (in lux), those in the middle are the light levels resulting from<br />

the optimization algorithm, <strong>and</strong> those at the top are the actual illuminances measured by<br />

the light meter.<br />

Figure 6-6 Optimal lighting <strong>for</strong> scenario 1.<br />

92


The second scenario assumed a more densely occupied office with seven<br />

occupants present, <strong>and</strong> the lighting preferences of some occupants sitting adjacent to<br />

each other varied drastically. This simulation demonstrated the capability of the system<br />

to balance diverse <strong>and</strong> conflicting lighting preferences while delivering reasonable<br />

lighting to all occupants. The resulting workplane level illuminance is shown in Figure<br />

6-7, <strong>and</strong> the corresponding optimal settings <strong>for</strong> each luminaire are [76%, 27%, 100%,<br />

100%, 100%, 60%, 96%, 0%, 21%, 0%, 44%, 0%]. Only 52.0% of the light was used<br />

compared to the original all-on/off lighting configuration. The optimized light setting,<br />

the numbers in the middle of each group of three stacked numbers in Figure 6-7,<br />

diverged from the specified values (the numbers at the bottom) due to the necessary<br />

compromise of diversely specified preferences between adjacent occupants.<br />

Nonetheless, the optimized lighting stayed within 15% of the specified illuminances, as<br />

did the actual measurements.<br />

Figure 6-7 Optimal lighting <strong>for</strong> scenario 2.<br />

93


It is obvious from Figure 6-6 <strong>and</strong> Figure 6-7 that the measured illuminances<br />

differed from the calculated optimal illuminances more significantly towards the north<br />

side of the office (right side) where an artificial wall was placed in the room to simulate<br />

an interior room. The additional absorption <strong>and</strong> reflection introduced by the virtual wall<br />

might have rendered the illuminance models near the north side of the office less<br />

accurate. Since the illuminance models were generated with respect to an empty room,<br />

the furniture in the real office could have also contributed to the inaccuracies in the<br />

models. Moreover, the lighting hardware, namely the dimming ballasts <strong>and</strong> fluorescent<br />

lamps, might not guarantee a consistent mapping from the dimming signals to the actual<br />

output luminous due to manufacturing tolerances. These uncertainties signified the need<br />

of sensory feedback <strong>for</strong> better per<strong>for</strong>mances.<br />

6.4.2 <strong>Lighting</strong> Optimization Algorithm with <strong>Sensor</strong>y Feedback<br />

The sensor in<strong>for</strong>mation was incorporated <strong>for</strong> testing the optimal lighting<br />

actuation algorithm with sensory feedback to eliminate possible modeling uncertainties<br />

as well as to respond to daylight. Four occupants were present in the office, <strong>and</strong> the<br />

photosensors were placed on their desktops to measure the task illuminances <strong>and</strong> send<br />

the lighting in<strong>for</strong>mation back <strong>for</strong> the next iteration of optimization. The algorithm was<br />

set to terminate when the difference between the specified lighting preferences <strong>and</strong> the<br />

actual illuminances were within five lux <strong>for</strong> all occupants. As shown in Figure 6-8, it<br />

took four iterations <strong>for</strong> the light to converge to each occupant’s preference. The top<br />

number of each stack of five numbers represents the preferred lighting specified by each<br />

occupant, <strong>and</strong> the following four numbers are the sensor readings after the first, second,<br />

94


third <strong>and</strong> fourth iteration respectively. The final optimal settings <strong>for</strong> each luminaire are<br />

[60%, 39%, 47%, 0%, 100%, 0%, 0%, 0%, 0%, 82%, 0%, 0%] ordered by the numbers<br />

annotated in Figure 6-5, <strong>and</strong> only 27.3% of the energy was used to deliver the lighting<br />

compared to the original all-on/off lighting configuration.<br />

Figure 6-8 Optimal lighting with sensory feedback.<br />

Having discussed the mathematical details of the lighting optimization algorithm<br />

as well as the sensor fusion <strong>and</strong> adaptive sensing algorithms in Chapter 4 <strong>and</strong> Chapter 5,<br />

the next chapter describes the design of the wireless-enabled components that are used<br />

<strong>for</strong> verifying the developed algorithms. The wireless-enabled components, including the<br />

wireless photosensors <strong>and</strong> the wireless actuation modules, are also the key elements <strong>for</strong><br />

a series of implementation of the intelligent lighting system, which will be discussed in<br />

later chapters.<br />

95


Chapter 7<br />

<strong>Wireless</strong>-Enabled <strong>Lighting</strong> Component Design<br />

<strong>and</strong> Integration<br />

7.1 Overview<br />

In order to implement the research system, prototypes of the hardware<br />

components including the mote photosensors <strong>and</strong> the mote-based ballast actuation<br />

modules were designed <strong>and</strong> built. A sensor board that integrates with the commercially<br />

available wireless mote plat<strong>for</strong>m was designed to serve as wireless photosensor <strong>for</strong> light<br />

sensing purposes. An actuation module incorporating the mote plat<strong>for</strong>m was developed<br />

<strong>for</strong> enabling the wireless capability of the luminaires. This wireless actuation module<br />

interfaced with the dimmable ballast to dim the electric lights or toggle the lights on/off<br />

wirelessly.<br />

The mote photosensors <strong>and</strong> wireless ballast actuation modules along with the<br />

algorithms described in the preceding chapters were implemented in rooms with<br />

different scales, including a prototyping luminaire structure, a small private office, <strong>and</strong><br />

a small shared-space office. The implementations will be discussed in the subsequent<br />

chapters.<br />

7.2 Mote Photosensor Design<br />

The design of the wireless photosensors involved photosensitive element<br />

selection <strong>and</strong> auxiliary circuit design. Since the photosensors are meant <strong>for</strong> estimating<br />

the light that the occupants perceive, the photosensitive element must have a similar<br />

response to that of human eyes throughout the span of the light spectrum. The<br />

96


corresponding ancillary circuitry amplifies the signal from the photosensitive element to<br />

match the input range of the analog-to-digital converter (ADC) on the mote plat<strong>for</strong>m.<br />

The Hamamatsu S7686 silicon photodiode was selected as the photosensitive<br />

element. This specific photodiode possesses sensitivity close to that of human eyes <strong>and</strong><br />

is color-corrected to match the CIE curve. The CIE curve is a color model based on<br />

human perception that was developed by the Commission Internationale de l’Eclairage<br />

(the International Commission on Illumination) committee. The spectral response of the<br />

photodiode is reproduced in Figure 7-1, in which the CIE curve is overlaid.<br />

Figure 7-1 Spectral response of Hamamatsu 7686 photodiode [101].<br />

Since the wireless photosensors are meant <strong>for</strong> being deployed on desktops to<br />

measure workplane illuminance, the normal operating range of the photosensor is<br />

97


determined to be 0-2000 lux. Consequently, the supporting circuitry was designed to<br />

translate the electronic signal produced by the photodiode in the normal operating range<br />

to span the full voltage range of the mote ADC input. The resulting photosensor boards<br />

integrated with different mote plat<strong>for</strong>ms are shown in Figure 2-5, <strong>and</strong> the electronic<br />

circuit schematics can be found in Appendix A.1 <strong>and</strong> A.2. Except <strong>for</strong> the spectral<br />

response, the behaviors of the wireless mote photosensors, including the sensor reading<br />

acquisition rate, data processing, the communication <strong>and</strong> networking scheme, etc., are<br />

defined in the operating system of the mote.<br />

Figure 7-2 illustrates the calibration curve of one of the photosensor boards. The<br />

sensor board was calibrated against a high fidelity light meter. Although the operating<br />

range of the photosensor was set to 0-2000 lux, the controlled lighting used in this<br />

calibration can only provide at most 1000 lux on the test surface. The illuminance was<br />

increased from 0 to 1000 lux with a 50 lux interval, <strong>and</strong> the digital reading from the<br />

ADC on the mote plat<strong>for</strong>m was recorded. The blue dots show the data points of the<br />

illuminances versus the ADC output readings, <strong>and</strong> the red line is a first-order<br />

polynomial fitting. The plot confirms that the response of the photosensor is linear.<br />

98


Figure 7-2 Calibration curve of the mote photosensor.<br />

7.3 Mote-based Ballast Actuation Module Design<br />

7.3.1 Design Requirement Identification<br />

The dimmable ballasts with which the actuation modules interface are the 0-10V<br />

dimming ballasts, the mainstream dimming technology <strong>for</strong> linear fluorescent lamps on<br />

the market. In addition to being powered by the mains like typical non-dimmable<br />

ballasts, the dimmable ballasts deliver 5% to 100% of light in response to 0-10VDC<br />

voltage signals. There<strong>for</strong>e, the main requirement <strong>for</strong> the actuation module is to be able<br />

to output 0-10VDC voltage signals to the dimmable ballasts.<br />

Although the dimmable ballasts can take any voltage signal from 0 to 10VDC<br />

<strong>and</strong> dim the light continuously, the motes operate in a digital fashion <strong>and</strong> only output<br />

finite numbers. Thus, to ensure the highest actuating resolution, it is necessary that the<br />

99


discrete outputs from the motes span the full range of the 0-10VDC signals<br />

recognizable to the dimmable ballasts.<br />

A characterization was conducted on one of the most popular 0-10V dimmable<br />

ballasts on the market, Mark VII by Advance Trans<strong>for</strong>mer [102], in order to gain indepth<br />

underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the behavior <strong>and</strong> response of dimmable ballasts. A luminaire<br />

equipped with a Mark VII dimmable ballast was hung 1.2 meters above a light meter.<br />

The ballast control voltage was increased stepwise from 0 to 10VDC <strong>and</strong> then<br />

decreased to 0 with an interval of 0.2VDC, <strong>and</strong> the meter readings were recorded<br />

manually. The result is plotted in Figure 7-3, where the blue solid line <strong>and</strong> the green<br />

dashed line represent the light output when the ballast control voltage was increased<br />

from 0 to 10VDC <strong>and</strong> decreased from 10VDC to 0 respectively. Although the nominal<br />

operation range of the dimmable ballast is 0 to 10VDC, the actual effective range was<br />

identified to be 1-8VDC. There<strong>for</strong>e, the output range of the actuation module was<br />

designed in the range of 1-8VDC instead of 0-10VDC so that each dimming state would<br />

be distinct. The fact that the two lines in the plot don’t coincide suggests that there<br />

exists hysteresis or memory effect. The maximum discrepancy between the two lines at<br />

the same voltage is 13.7%. It is not possible to definitively determine whether this effect<br />

comes from the fluorescent lamps or the ballast or both. This doesn’t affect the design<br />

of the actuation module, but it implies that it is unrealistic to derive one-to-one mapping<br />

from ballast control voltages to the light outputs.<br />

100


Figure 7-3 Advance Mark VII characterization curve.<br />

It is desirable to be able to turn the lights on <strong>and</strong> off wirelessly in addition to<br />

being able to dim the lights. Also, it is preferable that the modules are directly powered<br />

from the mains since they always have access to the power line. This would minimize<br />

the maintenance required to change batteries which is common to most other sensor<br />

network applications. Furthermore, since the actuation module is an add-on to the<br />

luminaire, ease of installation is an important factor to guarantee ef<strong>for</strong>tless retrofitting<br />

<strong>and</strong> deployment.<br />

7.3.2 Design Iterations<br />

Three iterations of the mote-based actuation modules have been developed due<br />

to the employment of different versions of mote plat<strong>for</strong>ms, the improvement of<br />

101


actuation technologies, <strong>and</strong> additional features that better meet the design requirements.<br />

Table 7-1 summarizes the three generations of mote-based ballast actuation modules.<br />

Table 7-1 Comparison of wireless ballast actuation modules.<br />

Generation 1 st Generation 2 nd Generation 3 rd Generation<br />

Mote plat<strong>for</strong>m MICA MICA2 Tmote Sky<br />

Dimming method<br />

Outboard 4-bit DAC<br />

Outboard DPP +<br />

voltage divider<br />

Onboard 8-bit DAC<br />

Dimming resolution 16 100 256<br />

On/off control No Yes Yes<br />

Mote power Batteries Line power Line power<br />

Failsafe No No Yes<br />

Retrofitting wiring A lot 6 5<br />

Implementation<br />

Prototyping<br />

luminaire structure<br />

Small private office<br />

Small shared-space<br />

office<br />

The first generation of the ballast actuation module shown in Figure 7-4 is a<br />

proof of concept demonstrating the feasibility of actuating dimmable ballast with the<br />

mote technologies. The mote plat<strong>for</strong>m used in this generation was MICA plat<strong>for</strong>m, one<br />

of the earliest versions of mote plat<strong>for</strong>ms. The block diagram in Figure 4-3 shows the<br />

logic of the actuation module <strong>and</strong> the electronic circuit schematics can be found in<br />

Appendix A.3. The four general input/output (GIO) ports on the mote are connected to<br />

an external digital-to-analog converter (DAC) chip, <strong>and</strong> the 16 different on/off<br />

combinations of the four GIO ports are translated to 16 distinct DC voltage outputs,<br />

which are amplified to 1-8VDC dimming signals to control the ballast.<br />

102


Figure 7-4 First generation wireless ballast actuation module.<br />

Figure 7-5 First generation wireless ballast actuation module operation logic.<br />

This module was installed on the prototyping luminaire structure <strong>and</strong><br />

successfully showed the possibility of dimming the electric lights wirelessly with a<br />

mote plat<strong>for</strong>m, but the mote still operated on batteries <strong>and</strong> the lights couldn’t be toggled<br />

on/off using the module. Since the dimming resolution is low, the light change between<br />

two consecutive dimming states is very noticeable to a naked eye.<br />

The second generation of the ballast actuation module integrated with a newer<br />

version of the mote plat<strong>for</strong>m, MICA2, improves the dimming resolution to 100 distinct<br />

states by utilizing a 100-stage digitally programmable potentiometer (DPP) <strong>and</strong> a<br />

103


Figure 7-8 Voltage divider.<br />

Since the DPP can be adjusted among 100 different resistances, the voltage<br />

divider can output 100 distinct voltages. The output of the voltage divider is amplified<br />

to 1-8VDC ballast control signals. In addition to the increased dimming resolution, this<br />

generation takes more fundamental design requirements into account. One of the four<br />

GIO ports on the mote is dedicated to toggle a power relay, which in turn connects or<br />

disconnects the power to the ballast <strong>and</strong> hence turns the lights on or off. The supply<br />

voltage is further regulated to directly power the mote plat<strong>for</strong>m on the module,<br />

eliminating the need of batteries. Moreover, only six lines are required to interface this<br />

actuation module between the mains <strong>and</strong> the dimmable ballast. This iteration of<br />

actuation module was used <strong>for</strong> the implementation of a private office as described in<br />

Chapter 8.2.<br />

The third generation of the ballast actuation module is integrated with a new<br />

family of mote plat<strong>for</strong>m, Tmote Sky. In addition to several conveniently accessible GIO<br />

ports like a MICA mote, a Tmote Sky is also equipped with an onboard 8-bit digital-toanalog<br />

converter (DAC), which is suitable <strong>for</strong> actuation purposes. The onboard DAC<br />

can deliver 256 different output voltage signals, <strong>and</strong> hence 256 distinct dimming states,<br />

which doubles the actuation resolution a 100-stage DPP can possibly provide. The<br />

105


outputs from the DAC are amplified to 1-8VDC ballast control signals to dim the lights.<br />

Figure 7-9 shows the actuation module, <strong>and</strong> the block diagram in Figure 7-10 illustrates<br />

the operation of the actuation module. The electronic circuit schematics can be found in<br />

Appendix A.5.<br />

Figure 7-9 Third generation wireless ballast actuation module.<br />

Figure 7-10 Third generation wireless ballast actuation module operation logic.<br />

106


Given the 256-level dimming capability, this module is competitive with the<br />

most advanced digital dimming ballast on the market, the digital addressable lighting<br />

interface (DALI). This iteration not only further improves the dimming resolution but<br />

also retains all the promising features from the preceding generation, including the linepowered<br />

mote <strong>and</strong> the ability to toggle the lights on/off. Only five wires need to be<br />

connected to interface this module with the dimmable ballasts. A failsafe mechanism is<br />

also introduced into this actuation module. Should the mote fail <strong>for</strong> any reason, the<br />

module is automatically bypassed <strong>and</strong> the lights can be manually turned on or off using<br />

the wall switch as if the actuation module never existed. This actuation module was<br />

adopted in the implementation of the research system in a small shared-space office as<br />

described in Chapter 9.2.<br />

7.4 Initial Implementation on Prototyping Luminaire Structure<br />

The mote photosensors <strong>and</strong> the wireless ballast actuation module were deployed<br />

<strong>and</strong> tested on a prototyping luminaire structure. In addition, the mote-FVF algorithm<br />

developed in Chapter 4 along with a simple rule-based control law were also<br />

implemented to <strong>for</strong>m a closed-loop desktop illuminance regulation system.<br />

Furthermore, the mote-FVF algorithm <strong>and</strong> the control law were coded into the mote<br />

photosensors <strong>and</strong> the mote-based ballast actuator respectively so that the closed-loop<br />

system could autonomously per<strong>for</strong>m fusion <strong>and</strong> use the fused data to dim or brighten<br />

the light.<br />

107


7.4.1 Prototyping Luminaire Structure<br />

The prototyping structure shown in Figure 7-11 is made of PVC pipes <strong>and</strong> is<br />

highly configurable <strong>for</strong> software <strong>and</strong> hardware testing. This luminaire structure has<br />

served <strong>for</strong> the following purposes:<br />

• A plat<strong>for</strong>m <strong>for</strong> testing <strong>and</strong> verifying the developed algorithms such as the mote-<br />

FVF sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm presented in Chapter 4.<br />

• A hardware testbed <strong>for</strong> the calibration of wireless mote photosensors, <strong>and</strong> the<br />

development of wireless ballast actuation modules mentioned in the previous<br />

section.<br />

• A prototyping closed-loop lighting control system integrating the intelligent<br />

algorithms, the wireless photosensors <strong>and</strong> the wireless ballast actuation module.<br />

Setup<br />

This luminaire structure comprises one 4-lamp linear fluorescent lighting fixture<br />

<strong>and</strong> a dimmable ballast. The luminaire is hung about 1.2 meters from the foot of the<br />

structure, <strong>and</strong> is a little lower than the typical troffer mounting height in regular offices<br />

when placed on top of a desk. Instead of being powered by the mains, the electricity is<br />

supplied by plugging into a regular power outlet. The terminals of the electricity power<br />

line <strong>and</strong> the ballast are configurable so that they are able to interface with different<br />

ballast actuation hardware.<br />

108


Figure 7-11 Prototyping Luminaire Structure.<br />

7.4.2 Desktop Illuminance Regulation with Distributed Mote-FVF Algorithm<br />

A desktop illuminance regulation system is realized on the prototyping structure<br />

by integrating the wireless mote photosensors, the wireless ballast actuation module,<br />

<strong>and</strong> the mote-FVF algorithm. An experiment was designed to demonstrate the<br />

feasibility of embedding the developed sensor fusion algorithm in each mote sensor.<br />

The mote-FVF algorithm described in Chapter 4 has shown promise in extracting<br />

pertinent sensor in<strong>for</strong>mation from a cluster of sensors while isolating disturbed or faulty<br />

sensors. However, it may create heavy wireless network traffic <strong>and</strong> significant energy<br />

drain if all the sensor nodes have to transmit readings to a designated central unit, which<br />

could be at a distance, <strong>for</strong> validation <strong>and</strong> fusion. If a cluster of mote sensors can per<strong>for</strong>m<br />

109


low-power, short-distance communication <strong>and</strong> execute intra-network sensor fusion, then<br />

only a single fused reading has to be transmitted to a central processing unit <strong>for</strong> control<br />

purposes from each cluster at each time stamp. The mote-FVF algorithm is believed to<br />

be lean enough in its current <strong>for</strong>m <strong>for</strong> a battery powered mote plat<strong>for</strong>m to carry out the<br />

computations with its available resources.<br />

Experiment setup<br />

Six mote photosensors, each of which was programmed with a cluster leader<br />

electing logic <strong>and</strong> the mote-FVF algorithm, were placed on the testbed under the<br />

prototyping luminaire structure. These six mote sensors <strong>for</strong>m a cluster <strong>and</strong> should<br />

generate one fused sensor reading each time. Upon being powered up, a timer also starts<br />

in each of the motes. If the timer expires in a mote, it claims itself as the cluster leader,<br />

requests sensor readings from its fellow motes, executes the mote-FVF algorithm, <strong>and</strong><br />

sends out the fused readings. If a mote is asked <strong>for</strong> readings by another sensor be<strong>for</strong>e its<br />

timer expires, it sends out its reading, resets the timer <strong>and</strong> becomes a cluster member.<br />

This simple cluster leader electing logic guarantees that there is always one leader<br />

responsible <strong>for</strong> per<strong>for</strong>ming sensor fusion. More sophisticated logic may be adopted to<br />

select a cluster leader, such as one considering the remaining energy in each mote, but<br />

is out of the scope of this test. The mote-FVF algorithm, which was originally coded in<br />

Matlab ® , was rewritten in nesC as a function <strong>and</strong> incorporated into TinyOS, the<br />

operating system of the motes. The majority-voting scheme required in the validation<br />

unit of the mote-FVF algorithm was implemented with the median value approach due<br />

110


to its simplicity. Although coded with a different language, the integrity of the mote-<br />

FVF algorithm remained intact.<br />

The prototyping luminaire structure was equipped with the mote-based ballast<br />

actuation module so as to dim the lights wirelessly. Furthermore, the experiment system<br />

was made into a self-contained illuminance regulation system that maintained the<br />

illuminance on the testbed at a specified value without the presence of a central<br />

computer to coordinate the control actions. The mote integrated with the actuation<br />

module was embedded with a simple rule-based control law, <strong>and</strong> it listened to the fused<br />

readings from the cluster of mote sensors. Upon receiving a fused value from the sensor<br />

cluster, the actuation mote calculated <strong>and</strong> per<strong>for</strong>med the control action based on the<br />

control law in order to maintain the testbed illuminance at the setpoint. Although no<br />

extraneous computer was required in the experiment system, a computer was still<br />

employed to intercept the readings from each sensor <strong>and</strong> the fused values <strong>for</strong> data<br />

gathering purpose. The default setpoint of 500 lux was hard-coded in the actuation<br />

mote, which could be changed in real-time by sending a management comm<strong>and</strong> to the<br />

actuation module specifying a new setpoint from the computer.<br />

Experiment results<br />

The first experiment lasted over 17 hours to show that the system can sustain<br />

long-term unattended operations. The luminaire structure was located in a research lab<br />

without windows to introduce natural daylight perturbation. In order to evaluate the<br />

system’s ability to regulate the desktop illuminance at the setpoint, the overhead<br />

111


luminaires were used to simulate extraneous lighting. The setpoint of this experiment<br />

was specified at 550 lux at all times.<br />

Figure 7-12(a) shows the fused values (blue solid line) <strong>and</strong> the readings from<br />

one of the mote sensors (magenta dashed line) gathered at the computer. For clarity <strong>and</strong><br />

readability, the raw data from the other five sensors are omitted in this plot. The big<br />

spikes indicate the times when the overhead lights were turned on or off <strong>and</strong> the overall<br />

illuminance on the desktop was rapidly brought back to 550 lux. Due to the large<br />

number of data points squeezed into the plot, the fused line in Figure 7-12(a) seems<br />

thick <strong>and</strong> fluctuates significantly. Figure 7-12(b) focuses on the fused value from the<br />

first half hour of Figure 7-12(a) to show the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the system with better<br />

resolution. The desktop illuminance was regulated within 5% of the setpoint during the<br />

entire experiment. The magenta dashed line, which is based on the raw readings from<br />

sensor No.3, stopped around the fourth hour because the mote ran out of batteries. The<br />

fact that the blue line, the fused values, was not affected by the malfunctioning sensor<br />

verified the robustness of the mote-FVF algorithm under sensor failure.<br />

(a)<br />

(b)<br />

Figure 7-12 Long term desktop illuminance regulation.<br />

112


The second experiment was executed in the same environment as the first one<br />

with the same setup. The setpoint was changed several times during the 47-minute<br />

period in order to test if the illuminance on the desktop can be maintained at a new<br />

setpoint. The test started with the setpoint set to 600 lux, <strong>and</strong> the setpoint was altered<br />

every seven minutes in the sequence of 400 lux 500 lux 900 lux 600 lux,<br />

which required both increases <strong>and</strong> decreases in illuminance. The setpoints were<br />

specified by sending management comm<strong>and</strong>s to the actuation module from the<br />

computer in real time.<br />

The fused values <strong>and</strong> the raw sensor readings from one of the mote sensors<br />

collected at the computer are shown with a blue solid line <strong>and</strong> magenta dashed line<br />

respectively in Figure 7-13. Again, only one of the six sets of sensor readings is plotted<br />

<strong>for</strong> clarity <strong>and</strong> readability. The illuminance on the worksurface was kept to within 1%<br />

of the setpoint 95% of the time, with a maximum difference of 3%. The maximum<br />

overshoot in transient states was 11%. The overshoot could easily be reduced with a<br />

more sophisticated control law implementing smoother dimming or lightening, but was<br />

not the focus of this test. At the end of the experiment, two mote sensors were<br />

deliberately shaded in order to simulate a situation where the desktop-mounted sensors<br />

were obscured by the occupants. The magenta dashed line in Figure 7-13 is the data set<br />

of one of the disturbed sensors, where the huge deviation from the blue solid line<br />

indicates the period the sensor was shaded. As reflected by the fused values in Figure<br />

7-13, the worksurface illuminance was maintained at the setpoint even though two of<br />

the six sensors in the network were collecting erroneous data. This demonstrates that the<br />

mote-FVF algorithm ensures the robustness of the intended system under disturbances.<br />

113


Figure 7-13 Desktop illuminance setpoint tracking.<br />

114


Chapter 8<br />

System Verification on Human Subjects<br />

This chapter describes a set of tests designed <strong>for</strong> evaluating <strong>and</strong> comparing<br />

various aspects of the research lighting system <strong>and</strong> a representative commercial lighting<br />

system via feedback from human subjects. Both lighting systems are implemented in<br />

the same small private office, but can operate independently. Test results <strong>and</strong> key<br />

findings are incorporated into the development iterations of the research system.<br />

The human subject tests presented in this chapter are the contributions to a<br />

broader-scope study conducted in collaboration with the research team. The rest part of<br />

this study is discussed in [66].<br />

8.1 Overview<br />

A prototyping research lighting system realized in a small private office was<br />

evaluated <strong>and</strong> compared to a representative commercial lighting control product through<br />

human subject testing. The implemented closed-loop lighting regulation system<br />

comprised desktop-mounted wireless photosensors, wireless ballast actuation modules,<br />

the mote-FVF sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm, a graphical user interface, <strong>and</strong> a<br />

set of rule-based control laws. The chosen commercial lighting system was the Watt<br />

Stopper LS-301, which consisted of a photosensor that responds to the daylight <strong>and</strong><br />

dims the electric lights, <strong>and</strong> a h<strong>and</strong>-held remote controller that can override the<br />

automatically dimmed electric lights. Two aspects of the systems were examined: the<br />

impact of sensor node locations on sensing accuracy <strong>and</strong> the overall user satisfaction.<br />

115


Every subject was asked to participate in two consecutive sessions <strong>and</strong> worked under<br />

both the research lighting system <strong>and</strong> the commercial lighting system.<br />

In the first test, participants were permitted to place the wireless mote<br />

photosensors at any location close to the desk, <strong>and</strong> the pertinence of the fused values<br />

was compared to the readings recorded from a high fidelity light meter placed directly<br />

at the center of subjects’ working area. Recommendations based on the results of this<br />

test were made <strong>for</strong> future improvements <strong>and</strong> practical implementations.<br />

The second test assessed user satisfaction with the overriding mechanisms<br />

provided by both systems as well as the per<strong>for</strong>mances of the systems. The participants<br />

were asked to set the lights to an ideal level with each of the overriding mechanisms<br />

from the two systems. In the meantime, the fact that the lights were controlled by<br />

different lighting systems in each consecutive session was concealed from the subjects,<br />

<strong>and</strong> the participants were later asked <strong>for</strong> observations that distinguished the two tested<br />

systems. The results have shown that the overriding system provided by the research<br />

system was generally preferred, which implicated good design practice <strong>for</strong> lighting<br />

overriding mechanisms. Furthermore, participants could not differentiate the<br />

per<strong>for</strong>mance of the research system from that of the commercial system, which implied<br />

that the research system could be superior to the commercial products when integrated<br />

with intelligence.<br />

The first test, the sensor placement test, was actually s<strong>and</strong>wiched between the<br />

second test of comparing the research <strong>and</strong> commercial system to ensure the smoothness<br />

of the test session <strong>and</strong> the best use of the participants’ time. In hopes of mitigating<br />

possible bias, the order of each subject exposed to the research system <strong>and</strong> the<br />

116


commercial system was r<strong>and</strong>omized <strong>for</strong> the second test. If the research system was<br />

presented to the participant first, the test session would start with the first test by letting<br />

the participant choose the sensor locations, <strong>and</strong> then the second test on the research<br />

system followed without interruption. During the intermission after the test on the<br />

research system <strong>and</strong> be<strong>for</strong>e the test on the commercial system, the investigator would<br />

finish the data gathering part of the sensor placement test while the participant took a<br />

10-minute break outside the office. Likewise, if the commercial system was tested first,<br />

the sensor placement test would be executed after the 10-minute intermission. When the<br />

participant had determined the locations of the sensors, the test on the research system<br />

began right away. The investigator only took sensor <strong>and</strong> meter measurements to<br />

complete the sensor placement test after the subject had done the test <strong>and</strong> left. For the<br />

sake of clarity, the two tests are divided <strong>and</strong> discussed in separate sections in Chapter<br />

8.3 <strong>and</strong> 8.4. The complete protocol narrative <strong>and</strong> a list of all the materials used in this<br />

human subject test are attached in Appendix B.<br />

8.2 System Setup<br />

Figure 8-1 shows the physical layout of the office space implemented with the<br />

lighting systems. The office is approximately 10-by-14, with a 142 ceiling. It<br />

contains various sizes of bookshelves, file cabinets <strong>and</strong> file holders. Two desks are<br />

placed against the walls so that the office fits two occupants sitting back to back. There<br />

is a single 6-by-3 window covered with a blind, as indicated on the right-most wall<br />

in Figure 8-1. The walls are painted ivory with decorations of picture frames. The<br />

ceiling is also ivory <strong>and</strong> the floor is covered with beige tiles, which are a bit darker in<br />

117


color than the walls <strong>and</strong> ceiling. The four fixtures are mounted 1011 from the floor<br />

(86 from the desk surface). The testing desk is 25 in height with a light gray surface.<br />

Figure 8-1 Private office layout.<br />

Since this implementation was meant <strong>for</strong> comparing the per<strong>for</strong>mance between<br />

the research system <strong>and</strong> a commercial product, the two lighting control systems must<br />

coexist, operate independently, <strong>and</strong> be able to be switched between each other. This<br />

requirement introduced significant complexity when retrofitting this office with the two<br />

lighting systems. There are two rows of luminaires, <strong>and</strong> each row comprises two<br />

connected troffers as depicted in Figure 8-1. Each troffer was retrofitted with a 4-lamp<br />

dimmable ballast <strong>and</strong> four T-8 lamps, <strong>and</strong> the four troffers were mounted to the six<br />

available ceiling suspension rods.<br />

118


8.2.1 Hardware Implementation in Small Private Office<br />

For the research system, four second-generation mote-based wireless ballast<br />

actuation modules were installed in each of the luminaires interfacing the dimmable<br />

ballast <strong>and</strong> the mains as illustrated in Figure 8-2. Three mote photosensors were<br />

deployed onto the desktop. A base station composed of a base mote, a graphical user<br />

interface (GUI) <strong>and</strong> a Matlab ® program was integrated with a regular desktop PC.<br />

Figure 8-3 demonstrates the deployment of all the components on the desktop to the<br />

right. The wireless sensors <strong>and</strong> actuators were configured to a single-hop, centralized<br />

broadcast-based network with the base station as the processing center. The base mote<br />

<strong>for</strong>warded sensor readings from wireless photosensors to the Matlab ® program <strong>and</strong><br />

disseminated actuation comm<strong>and</strong>s from the Matlab ® program to actuation modules.<br />

When the system was in operation, the lights were regulated at the level<br />

specified by the users via the GUI. The mote sensors periodically acquired the<br />

illuminance readings <strong>and</strong> sent them to the base station. The base station fused the<br />

readings with the developed sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm, calculated the<br />

control action based on the fused sensor in<strong>for</strong>mation according to the control laws, <strong>and</strong><br />

transmitted the actuation comm<strong>and</strong>s to actuation modules. The four actuation modules<br />

dimmed or brightened the lights identically upon receiving the actuation comm<strong>and</strong>s.<br />

119


Figure 8-2 Installation of the wireless ballast actuation module.<br />

Figure 8-3 Deployment of system components.<br />

For the commercial system, a photosensor was hung from the ceiling at about<br />

the same height as the troffers <strong>and</strong> was hard-wired to all four dimmable ballasts. The<br />

photosensor had to be calibrated be<strong>for</strong>e being fully functional. The calibration process<br />

involved setting two setpoints using the h<strong>and</strong>held remote controller, one during the<br />

daytime with daylight <strong>and</strong> the other during the nighttime without daylight, so that the<br />

illuminances at the reference point were the same at both times. In this case, the<br />

120


eference point on the desktop was set to 500 lux, a commonly acknowledged st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

<strong>for</strong> lighting design.<br />

When the Watt Stopper system was in operation, the photosensor dimmed or<br />

brightened the electric lights in response to the available daylight so as to maintain the<br />

illuminance on the desktop at 500 lux. The user might temporarily override the setpoint<br />

from 25% above the original setpoint (500 lux) to the minimum (all the lights were<br />

dimmed to the lowest level) with the h<strong>and</strong>held remote controller. The original setpoint<br />

would resume when the Auto button on the remote controller was pressed.<br />

The wall unit was modified to a single overriding switch <strong>and</strong> eight sub-switches<br />

<strong>for</strong> alternating between the two systems. The overriding switch controlled the power to<br />

all the components in the ceiling. Four of the sub-switches determined whether the AC<br />

power went to the commercial system or the four mote-based actuation modules. The<br />

other four switches directed the DC control signals to the ballast from either the<br />

commercial photosensor or the four mote-based actuation modules.<br />

8.2.2 <strong>Lighting</strong> Controller <strong>and</strong> Overriding Mechanism<br />

The research system provided a graphical user interface, shown in Figure 8-4<br />

(a), <strong>for</strong> the participants to set <strong>and</strong> adjust their ideal task lighting. The research system<br />

maintained the desktop illuminance at the setpoint specified using this interface. There<br />

were two ways to specify the setpoint: the stepwise <strong>and</strong> the direct-value control. Using<br />

the buttons in the right column of the interface, the users could increase/decrease the<br />

light step by step with the Step Up <strong>and</strong> Step Down buttons, or brighten/dim the light to<br />

the maximum/minimum with the Highest Level <strong>and</strong> Lowest Level buttons. As an<br />

121


alternative, the setpoint could also be specified by dragging the sliding bar or by<br />

directly entering a value between 1 <strong>and</strong> 100 in the Target Value field, <strong>and</strong> then hitting<br />

the SET button. An actuation comm<strong>and</strong> would be generated <strong>and</strong> sent to the actuation<br />

modules as soon as a button was clicked. Although the research system allowed turning<br />

the lights on/off wirelessly, the participants were not granted this privilege in the test.<br />

The step size <strong>for</strong> the stepwise control on the interface was also predefined <strong>and</strong> could not<br />

be changed by the subjects.<br />

Another computer interfaced with a base mote was set up at the Investigator<br />

Station in Figure 8-1 so that the investigator could intervene in the lighting control,<br />

which was necessary <strong>for</strong> the testing procedure. The investigator could also conveniently<br />

initialize the lighting system <strong>for</strong> the human subject test using this secondary computer.<br />

A slightly more versatile control interface was provided on the computer as shown in<br />

Figure 8-4 (b). Besides the functionality of the GUI <strong>for</strong> the participants, this interface<br />

displayed the current actuation level, <strong>and</strong> allowed the investigators to specify the step<br />

size in the Step Size field <strong>for</strong> stepwise control <strong>and</strong> turn the lights off with the OFF<br />

button.<br />

The setpoint of the commercial system was calibrated at 500 lux on the testing<br />

desk. The participants overrode the predetermined setpoint using a h<strong>and</strong>held remote<br />

controller as shown in Figure 8-5. Only stepwise control was provided with the<br />

commercial system, <strong>and</strong> the Auto button on the remote controller, which was not<br />

required in the test, was disabled as it resets the setpoint to the predefined one (500 lux).<br />

Since the h<strong>and</strong>held remote controller used infrared communication technologies, it had<br />

to point at the commercial photosensor mounted in the ceiling to ensure the overriding<br />

122


comm<strong>and</strong>s were received. In addition, a secondary h<strong>and</strong>held remote controller<br />

controlling the same photosensor was placed at the investigator’s station so that the<br />

investigator could disturb the lighting as required in the testing procedure.<br />

(a)<br />

(b)<br />

Figure 8-4 GUI provided by the research system.<br />

Figure 8-5 H<strong>and</strong>held remote controller provided by the commercial system.<br />

123


8.3 <strong>Sensor</strong> Placement Test<br />

8.3.1 Objective<br />

The objective of this test was to (1) identify common patterns <strong>for</strong> sensor<br />

locations chosen by the occupants; (2) evaluate the impact of customized sensor<br />

locations on fused illuminance values.<br />

Desktop-mounted photosensors facilitate better estimations of human perception<br />

of light; however, it is impossible to put the sensors at the very spot where an occupant<br />

conducts work without intervening in the work. As a result, the sensors have to be<br />

deployed in proximity to an occupant’s working area <strong>and</strong> measure the illuminances<br />

surrounding the worksurface. Although overhead luminaires generally deliver evenly<br />

distributed lighting, slight illuminance variations at every point on a desktop are<br />

inevitable. Moreover, in practice the sensors should eventually be placed by the users<br />

rather than in carefully assigned locations. There<strong>for</strong>e, it is critical to study the effect of<br />

sensor locations on estimations of target illuminances, the robustness of the sensor<br />

validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm, <strong>and</strong> the feasibility of the intended sensor deployment.<br />

8.3.2 Testing Procedure<br />

The testing procedure was divided into two parts: sensor placement, <strong>and</strong> data<br />

collection <strong>and</strong> documentation. The sensor placement was per<strong>for</strong>med by the participants.<br />

Each subject was given a brief explanation regarding the phenomenon – illuminance –<br />

that was to be sensed <strong>and</strong> how the sensor worked with the lighting system. Participants<br />

124


were provided with three wireless photosensors <strong>and</strong> permitted to place them until<br />

com<strong>for</strong>table with the configuration of the worksurface.<br />

The data collection <strong>and</strong> documentation was accomplished by the investigator<br />

without the presence of the participants. The finalized sensor locations chosen by each<br />

subject were photographed. A high-fidelity light meter was placed at the spot where the<br />

participants conducted their work as a reference. <strong>Sensor</strong> readings were transmitted<br />

wirelessly to the central computer station where they were then stored, <strong>and</strong> meter<br />

readings were logged manually by the investigator. The data from sensors <strong>and</strong> the meter<br />

were recorded every 10 seconds <strong>for</strong> 5 minutes.<br />

This experiment was designed to last approximately 25 minutes: 5 minutes <strong>for</strong><br />

instructions <strong>and</strong> questions, <strong>and</strong> 20 minutes <strong>for</strong> placing sensors <strong>and</strong> data collection.<br />

8.3.3 Results <strong>and</strong> Discussion<br />

Ten subjects were recruited to participate in this experiment. The participant<br />

group was comprised of roughly the same number of males <strong>and</strong> females who came from<br />

different ethnic backgrounds. All had experience working in an office.<br />

Impact of sensor locations on fused values<br />

The high fidelity light meter was placed at the spot on the desktop where the<br />

subject did the most reading, writing <strong>and</strong> typing, <strong>and</strong> hence should best represent the<br />

lighting the participant had perceived. The statistics of the fused readings in the ten<br />

cases is tabulated in Table 8-1.<br />

125


Subject<br />

No.<br />

Table 8-1 Summary of the sensor placement experiment.<br />

Average meter<br />

reading<br />

Average fused<br />

reading<br />

Deviation of fused reading from<br />

meter reading<br />

Mean<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

deviation<br />

1 500.83 499.41 1.42 1.49<br />

2 518.23 519.77 1.55 1.77<br />

3 576.36 488.21 88.16 9.65<br />

4 366.93 318.66 48.28 6.90<br />

5 557.11 493.72 63.39 4.73<br />

6 602.10 475.42 126.68 3.62<br />

7 582.33 433.02 149.32 2.68<br />

8 568.07 476.26 91.81 2.18<br />

9 511.94 554.84 42.90 0.94<br />

10 1026.09 1151.94 125.85 2.35<br />

In two out of the ten cases, subjects No. 1 <strong>and</strong> 2, the fused values closely<br />

matched the meter readings with less than 1.5% deviation. Figure 8-6 (a) plots the<br />

readings of one such case along with a picture of the sensor locations in Figure 8-6 (b),<br />

where the circled numbers indicate the identification number of the mote photosensors.<br />

In both cases, one of the three sensor measurements was very close to the meter<br />

readings, another one was constantly higher than the meter readings, <strong>and</strong> the other one<br />

was constantly lower. Nonetheless, all the three sensor measurements were within 4.5%<br />

of the meter readings on average. Although the sensors were not placed in exact same<br />

pattern in both cases, they were spread out to surround the occupants’ working area but<br />

still close to the center of the working area in general. These two were the ideal cases as<br />

the locations of the sensors rendered the fused values to effectively represent the real<br />

lighting conditions perceived by the participants. Also, all the sensor readings were in a<br />

pertinent range of the real task illuminance except those that were perturbed or lost.<br />

126


(a)<br />

Figure 8-6 <strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 2.<br />

(b)<br />

In six out of the ten cases, the fused values were constantly lower than the meter<br />

readings by 11.37-25.64%. In two of these cases, subjects No. 3 <strong>and</strong> 4, one sensor<br />

measurement was close to the meter measurement <strong>and</strong> the other two were constantly<br />

lower. Figure 8-7 (a) illustrates the readings from one such case with the corresponding<br />

sensor locations in Figure 8-7 (b). Even though the measurement of one sensor was<br />

close to the meter readings, they were weighted less by the fusion algorithm as the<br />

readings were significantly higher than the other two. As a result, the fused values were<br />

lower than the real illuminances. In the other four cases of subjects No. 5-8, all three<br />

sensor measurements were constantly lower than the meter readings. Figure 8-8<br />

demonstrates one of the cases along with the sensor locations. These results show that<br />

the sensors are likely to be placed at spots where the illuminances are lower than the<br />

work area of the occupants. Those places with lower illuminance may be under subtle<br />

shadows of other objects on the desktop, or simply farther away from the overhead<br />

luminaire since the illuminance distribution is not perfectly even as Figure 6-2 implies.<br />

127


(a)<br />

Figure 8-7 <strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 3.<br />

(b)<br />

(a)<br />

Figure 8-8 <strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 7.<br />

(b)<br />

In the remaining two of the ten cases, the fused values were higher than the<br />

meter readings. These results were not expected since it was intuitive to assume that the<br />

lighting on the subjects’ working areas is always unblocked, <strong>and</strong> thus the sensors are<br />

much more likely to be placed at darker spots than brighter spots. For the sensor<br />

locations chosen by subject No. 9 as shown in Figure 8-9, the fused values were 8.38%<br />

above the meter readings on average. Two of the sensors measured the illuminance<br />

higher than the meter while one gave lower readings. One possible explanation of the<br />

128


lower meter readings was that the meter head was not properly placed <strong>and</strong> was partially<br />

shaded by some subtle shadows of the objects on the desktop since it was more<br />

sensitive <strong>and</strong> had a larger range of view.<br />

(a)<br />

(b)<br />

Figure 8-9 <strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 9.<br />

Figure 8-10 shows the other case of subject No. 10 where the fused values were<br />

higher than the meter readings by 12.27%. The measurement of one of the sensors was<br />

significantly higher than others since the participant chose to place it on top of the<br />

computer case as the circle marked 04 shows in Figure 8-10 (b). Notice that the subjects<br />

were free to choose the sensor locations, not limited only to the desktop, as long as they<br />

felt the locations were appropriate. However, the sensor data in this case has shown that<br />

illuminance at a place elevating from the desktop is higher <strong>and</strong> may not be an ideal<br />

location <strong>for</strong> sensors without a proper pre-calibrating procedure.<br />

129


(a)<br />

(b)<br />

Figure 8-10 <strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 10.<br />

Overall, the fused values matched the meter readings, <strong>and</strong> hence the lighting<br />

perceived by the subjects, in only 20% of the cases. In 60% of the cases, the fused<br />

values were constantly lower than the meter readings, <strong>and</strong> the fused readings were<br />

constantly higher than the meter readings in the other 20% of the cases. The plots of<br />

sensor readings <strong>and</strong> the pictures of sensor locations <strong>for</strong> all of the participants are listed<br />

in Appendix B.1. Although in most cases it is not obvious to the participants <strong>and</strong> the<br />

investigator why each individual sensor measurement deviated from the meter<br />

measurement, several reasonable conjectures can be made as follows:<br />

(1) The light on the desktop might not be uni<strong>for</strong>mly distributed. This could be<br />

caused by the design of the luminaires <strong>and</strong> their layout in a room. In the testing<br />

office, the desk was located at the place where approximately half of its surface<br />

was directly beneath one of the four troffers while the rest of the surface was not.<br />

As the workplane level illuminance model in Figure 6-2 suggests, the linear<br />

combination of four such models is not likely to produce evenly distributed<br />

lighting on the desktop.<br />

130


(2) Subtle <strong>and</strong> invisible shadows may exist on the testing desktop. The shadows<br />

could be introduced by objects on the desktop such as the computer chassis,<br />

monitor, decorations <strong>and</strong> laptop (if the subjects brought their own laptop to<br />

work).<br />

(3) Reflection of light from the walls or glossy surfaces of objects on the desktop<br />

may be picked up by the nearby sensors. In the testing office, one side of the<br />

desktop was attached to the wall where there was a poster with a glossy surface<br />

<strong>and</strong> a picture frame with a glass cover. Both of them could reflect light <strong>and</strong> cause<br />

the variations of sensor readings.<br />

Although the above three factors could very well be prevented by carefully<br />

designing the testing environment, no ordinary office can avoid any of them in reality.<br />

There<strong>for</strong>e, the testing results still provide valuable in<strong>for</strong>mation <strong>for</strong> further improvement<br />

to accommodate the impact of fused values deviating from the perceived illuminance<br />

due to customized sensor locations.<br />

Allowing the subjects to select the photosensor locations may compromise the<br />

accuracy of the fused values estimating the lighting perceived by the occupants. The<br />

fusion algorithm extracts a pertinent representation of the illuminance sensed by each<br />

individual sensor; in other words, there is no way <strong>for</strong> the algorithm itself to figure out<br />

the illuminance of the target surface if all the sensor readings deviate from that in the<br />

first place. The most important implication of the testing results is that instead of the<br />

absolute illuminance, it would be more efficient <strong>and</strong> realistic to identify occupants’<br />

preferences <strong>and</strong> control the lights using the fused sensor readings when designing the<br />

131


esearch lighting system. After all, it is the ability of the lighting system to deliver <strong>and</strong><br />

maintain the preferred lighting that concerns the occupants, not the actual numbers.<br />

Common configuration of sensor locations<br />

There was no single conclusive common configuration of sensor placement<br />

found in this test; however, several interesting <strong>and</strong> similar patterns were observed. All<br />

of the ten subjects spread the sensors on the desktop. The subjects were never advised<br />

not to put sensors close to each other by the investigator, but all of them tried to put<br />

each sensor at a different spot on the desktop. One reasonable guess is that participants<br />

believed it would minimize the chance of multiple sensors being simultaneously<br />

disturbed by placing the sensors apart. In addition to spreading them out, eight of the<br />

ten subjects configured the sensor locations so that the sensors sort of surrounded the<br />

working area. The subjects might have done this in hopes of getting representative<br />

sensor readings of the light they perceived.<br />

Eight subjects had at least one sensor sitting at the corner or edge of the desktop.<br />

Overall, a total of five sensors were put near the left edge of the desk, three sensors<br />

were put at the right corner, two sensors were put at the left corner, <strong>and</strong> two sensors<br />

were pushed deep near the wall. One extreme case was that a sensor was put on the top<br />

of the computer chassis. This showed that although the subjects were eager to get<br />

representative measurements from the sensors, given the sensors’ current size, the<br />

subjects also tended to get them out of the way while they were working.<br />

Four out of the six subjects who worked on the provided desktop computer put<br />

at least one sensor on or very close to the keyboard, especially on the side where the<br />

132


function keys are. The function key side of a keyboard is indeed the least likely to be<br />

accidentally shaded or disturbed. This strongly suggests that when the mote sensor<br />

technology is mature enough <strong>for</strong> embedded sensing, the function-key side of the<br />

keyboard is a good place to integrate with the sensors.<br />

Two opinions common to almost all participants can be concluded from the<br />

questionnaires. First, while one participant kept a neutral opinion, the other nine<br />

subjects would like to be able to assign the locations <strong>for</strong> sensors if the sensors were to<br />

be mounted in close proximity to their working area. Second, the sensors, at their<br />

current size, were still a bit too big to be directly mounted on the desktop without<br />

distracting the participants during the tests. A few subjects felt strongly against having<br />

the additional sensors on the desktop, which supported the idea of integrating the<br />

sensors into items already on the desktop, such as the keyboard, computer monitor,<br />

desktop decorations, etc. when the technologies mature.<br />

8.4 Comparison of System Per<strong>for</strong>mance <strong>and</strong> User Interface<br />

8.4.1 Objective<br />

This test was intended to (1) determine occupants’ preferences of interacting<br />

with the research <strong>and</strong> the commercial lighting systems via manual override; (2) obtain<br />

participants’ opinions on the per<strong>for</strong>mance of both systems. Several studies have pointed<br />

out the importance of user control in automated office conditioning environments [103,<br />

104]. The h<strong>and</strong>held remote control provided by the commercial lighting system was<br />

compared to the GUI used to control the research mote-based system. In addition, both<br />

133


the research <strong>and</strong> the commercial systems in this experiment automatically maintained<br />

the desktop illuminance at the participants’ preferences, <strong>and</strong> the participants were asked<br />

to comment on whether or not they noticed the difference between the two systems.<br />

8.4.2 Testing Procedure<br />

Subjects were offered a brief explanation of how the automatic lighting system<br />

works in general <strong>and</strong> how it can be overridden with both methods of control. The<br />

participants were only told that two types of overriding mechanisms were to be tested<br />

without the knowledge that the lighting systems were actually different. Be<strong>for</strong>e the test<br />

began, participants were able to play with the controllers to gain familiarity with their<br />

operation. Each participant received a questionnaire as attached in Appendix B.7, <strong>and</strong><br />

was invited to answer or disregard any of the questions <strong>and</strong> write down any comments<br />

or complaints that come to mind during the test. In order to simulate a real office<br />

working condition, the participants were encouraged to bring their own work to the test,<br />

preferably a mixture of paper- <strong>and</strong> computer-based tasks. An artificial task would be<br />

provided should the participant fail to find a suitable task to bring in. Subjects might<br />

work with either their own laptop or the desktop PC on the experiment worksurface that<br />

run the research system; however, they could only override the research system with the<br />

GUI provided by the desktop PC no matter which computer they chose to work on their<br />

own tasks.<br />

In order to avoid any possible bias caused by the order of the systems to which<br />

the subjects were exposed, half of the participants started with the research system<br />

while the other half started with the commercial system. Furthermore, the investigator<br />

134


deliberately perturbed the lights during the test to encourage more frequent use of the<br />

overriding mechanisms <strong>for</strong> pertinent comments from the participants. The test<br />

procedure <strong>for</strong> the subjects who started with the research system is listed as follows <strong>and</strong><br />

that <strong>for</strong> participants who started with the commercial system is very similar <strong>and</strong> can be<br />

found in Appendix B.2.<br />

(1) Participants start with the initial desktop illuminance of 500 lux under the<br />

research system, use the GUI controller to set the lighting to a com<strong>for</strong>table level,<br />

<strong>and</strong> begin to work on the task of their choice.<br />

(2) At the 5 th , 10 th <strong>and</strong> 15 th minutes, the lights are dimmed or brightened by the<br />

investigator. This is to encourage the participants to override to return the lights<br />

to a com<strong>for</strong>table level.<br />

(3) At the 20 th minute the investigator stops the first session of the experiment <strong>and</strong><br />

asks the participants to take a 10-minute break outside the office. Meanwhile, the<br />

investigator resumes the data collection <strong>and</strong> documentation part of the sensor<br />

placement experiment as described in the previous section. Be<strong>for</strong>e the<br />

participants enter the office again <strong>for</strong> the second 20-minute experiment, the<br />

investigator switches the lights to the commercial photosensor-dimming system<br />

<strong>and</strong> sets the initial desktop illuminance to 500 lux. Participants are asked to use<br />

the remote controller to override the initial lighting to a com<strong>for</strong>table level after<br />

settling <strong>for</strong> the remaining experiment.<br />

(4) At the 5 th , 10 th <strong>and</strong> 15 th minutes of the second session, the lights are again<br />

dimmed or brightened by the investigator using a second remote controller<br />

without notifying the participants.<br />

135


(5) At the 20 th minute, the test ends. The participants are debriefed <strong>and</strong> interviewed,<br />

<strong>and</strong> their questionnaires are collected.<br />

The post-test interview is intended to gather feedback beyond the questionnaire<br />

<strong>and</strong> to identify reasons <strong>for</strong> any unanticipated behaviors. The interview basically<br />

followed the script provided in Appendix B.8. Some of the questions were very similar<br />

to the questions in the in-test questionnaire to encourage criticism of either system <strong>and</strong><br />

to ensure that important research questions were asked. This experiment lasted<br />

approximately 60 minutes: 5 minutes <strong>for</strong> instructions <strong>and</strong> questions, 20 minutes <strong>for</strong> each<br />

working set, 5 minutes <strong>for</strong> debriefing <strong>and</strong> interviewing, <strong>and</strong> 10 minutes <strong>for</strong> the<br />

intermission in between the two sessions.<br />

8.4.3 Results <strong>and</strong> Discussion<br />

Preferred manual overriding mechanism<br />

Three aspects of the two manual overriding mechanisms were evaluated through<br />

the questionnaire: (1) easiness of learning the mechanisms, (2) easiness of overriding<br />

the lights with the mechanisms, <strong>and</strong> (3) preference <strong>for</strong> the mechanisms. The<br />

participants’ opinions were quantified using a five-level scale in the questionnaire:<br />

totally agree, partially agree, neither agree nor disagree, partially disagree, <strong>and</strong> totally<br />

disagree. The results are summarized in Table 8-2, where the options of totally agree<br />

<strong>and</strong> partially agree are assigned in the same category, <strong>and</strong> so are those of totally<br />

disagree <strong>and</strong> partially disagree. The detailed answers to each question can be found in<br />

Appendix B.3.<br />

136


Table 8-2 Summary of the test on preferred overriding mechanism.<br />

Easy to learn<br />

Easy to use<br />

H<strong>and</strong>held remote<br />

controller<br />

Graphical user<br />

interface (GUI)<br />

Agree 10 10<br />

Neutral 0 0<br />

Disagree 0 0<br />

Agree 8 10<br />

Neutral 0 0<br />

Disagree 2 0<br />

Preferred mechanism 2 7<br />

From Table 8-2, it can easily be concluded that both overriding mechanisms<br />

were reasonably easy to learn <strong>and</strong> use <strong>for</strong> setting the participants’ preferred lighting.<br />

The GUI provided by the research system was generally considered to be more versatile<br />

than the h<strong>and</strong>held remote controller due to the various overriding options. The h<strong>and</strong>held<br />

remote controller was designed to increase or decrease the light level of the Watt<br />

Stopper system in a continuous manner following a gentle curve. As a result, users had<br />

to aim at the photosensor <strong>and</strong> keep on pressing the button on the controller until the<br />

light reached a satisfying level. Comments on the questionnaires indicated that the slow<br />

response led two subjects to disagree on the easiness of use of the h<strong>and</strong>held remote<br />

controller.<br />

Seven participants preferred the GUI provided by the research system over the<br />

h<strong>and</strong>held remote controller while two subjects had the opposite opinions. One<br />

participant didn’t express a specific preference on either type of the overriding<br />

mechanisms. People preferred the GUI mostly because they could easily control the<br />

lights while working on the computer without being distracted by having to locate a<br />

physical device <strong>for</strong> this purpose. On the contrary, people who rated the h<strong>and</strong>held remote<br />

137


controller higher liked the fact that they could conveniently control the lights whenever<br />

they felt like it instead of having to go to the virtual controller even when not working<br />

on the computer. These two conflicting opinions suggested that it might be a good<br />

practice to have both virtual <strong>and</strong> physical overriding mechanisms when designing a<br />

lighting system.<br />

As mentioned in the previous section, there are three different ways to override<br />

the research lighting system with the GUI: click on the stepwise control buttons, drag<br />

the sliding bars <strong>and</strong> press the SET button, or type in a desired level <strong>and</strong> click on the SET<br />

button. The step buttons, like those on the h<strong>and</strong>held remote controller of the commercial<br />

system, allow the participants to adjust the lights gradually while the other two options<br />

enable the subjects to quickly jump to a specific light level. An interesting observation<br />

was that even though these three control options were equally <strong>and</strong> conveniently<br />

available on the GUI, all the participants would settle <strong>for</strong> only one of them during the<br />

entire test instead of a combination of all three. Nevertheless, the fact that the<br />

participants didn’t choose the same control option on the GUI to set the light level<br />

implied that it might be beneficial to offer more than one interaction method on<br />

overriding interfaces.<br />

The most common suggestion made by the subjects <strong>for</strong> improving user<br />

satisfaction was to include certain feedback on the overriding mechanism, such as the<br />

current light level. This confirmed the well-known interface design guidelines that<br />

highlight the importance of providing user feedback [105-107]. The feature of status<br />

feedback was originally available on the GUI of the research system, such as the<br />

138


Current Level on the investigator’s GUI in Figure 8-4 (b), but was left out on purpose to<br />

avoid possible biases when evaluating the per<strong>for</strong>mances of the systems.<br />

System per<strong>for</strong>mance comparison<br />

The questions asked in the questionnaire regarding the per<strong>for</strong>mance of both<br />

systems were: (1) whether the participants felt com<strong>for</strong>table working under the lighting<br />

systems, (2) whether the systems successfully maintained the lighting chosen by the<br />

participants, <strong>and</strong> (3) if the two systems per<strong>for</strong>med differently on the subjects. As<br />

pointed out previously, other than the types of overriding mechanisms, the subjects<br />

were not told how many different lighting systems they were exposed to or what<br />

systems the overriding mechanisms controlled. The first question was quantified using a<br />

five-level scale: totally agree, partially agree, neither agree nor disagree, partially<br />

disagree, <strong>and</strong> totally disagree. The second question was answered using a 1-7 scale<br />

where 1 means poor per<strong>for</strong>mance <strong>and</strong> 7 means excellent per<strong>for</strong>mance. Table 8-3<br />

summarizes the answers to the first two questions gathered from the questionnaires.<br />

Answers of totally agree <strong>and</strong> partially agree to the first question are assigned to the<br />

same category in Table 8-3, as are those of totally disagree <strong>and</strong> partially disagree. For<br />

the second question, answers below 3 <strong>and</strong> above 5 are considered bad per<strong>for</strong>mance <strong>and</strong><br />

good per<strong>for</strong>mance respectively in Table 8-3. Detailed responses from the subjects are<br />

tabulated in Appendix B.3.<br />

According to Table 8-3, it is fair to say that both systems delivered a<br />

com<strong>for</strong>table lighting environment <strong>and</strong> managed to maintain the light at the levels of the<br />

subjects’ choices. One subject did not rate the ability of the commercial system to<br />

139


maintain the specified lighting. Although the mote-based research system led the<br />

commercial system by one point on both questions, it is not significant enough to<br />

conclude that the research system is superior to the commercial system.<br />

Table 8-3 Summary of the test on system per<strong>for</strong>mance.<br />

Feel com<strong>for</strong>table working<br />

under the system<br />

Per<strong>for</strong>mance of<br />

maintaining preferred<br />

lighting<br />

Watt Stopper<br />

commercial system<br />

Mote-based<br />

research<br />

system<br />

Agree 9 10<br />

Neutral 0 0<br />

Disagree 1 0<br />

Good 9 10<br />

Neutral 0 0<br />

Bad 0 0<br />

Six out of the ten subjects said the two systems per<strong>for</strong>med differently despite the<br />

type of the overriding mechanisms in response to the third question. However, all of the<br />

remarks made by the six participants regarded the responses of the systems to the<br />

overriding mechanisms, namely the light changed a lot more slowly on the commercial<br />

system as mentioned be<strong>for</strong>e. There<strong>for</strong>e, it was not the ability of automatically regulating<br />

the light at a specified level that distinguished the two systems.<br />

The most significant finding revealed from this part of the test is that the motebased<br />

lighting system can per<strong>for</strong>m as least as well as the commercial lighting system at<br />

regulating the light at the specified level automatically. In addition, a more important<br />

implication is that the research system can be superior when implemented in a sharedspace<br />

office if integrated with the mechanism that delivers the light satisfying all the<br />

occupants’ preferences as will be discussed in Chapter 9.<br />

140


Chapter 9<br />

System Implementation <strong>and</strong> Verification in a<br />

Shared-Space Office<br />

The integrated research system was implemented in a small shared-space office<br />

to verify its ability to generate energy savings <strong>and</strong> to create a satisfying lighting<br />

condition. The lighting system was realized with a true self-configuring multi-hop<br />

wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator network. The first phase of this implementation studied the<br />

potential energy savings simply by allowing the occupants to specify <strong>and</strong> work under<br />

their preferred lighting. The second phase of this implementation verified the system’s<br />

ability to automatically minimize energy usage <strong>and</strong> satisfy occupants’ lighting<br />

preferences while harvesting daylight, <strong>and</strong> it also demonstrated the additional energy<br />

savings.<br />

9.1 Overview<br />

The lighting system in a shared-space office was retrofitted with a selfconfiguring<br />

<strong>and</strong> multi-hop wireless ballast actuator network to illustrate possible energy<br />

savings <strong>and</strong> improved personal lighting satisfactions by enabling individual addressing<br />

<strong>and</strong> control of each luminaire. In the first phase, the per<strong>for</strong>mance of this individually<br />

addressable lighting system was evaluated by allowing the occupants to manually<br />

specify their preferred lighting through a web interface. A 50% potential energy savings<br />

was demonstrated simply by enabling individual control of each luminaire be<strong>for</strong>e any<br />

automatic lighting control strategy. <strong>Sensor</strong>s were integrated into the system in the<br />

second phase along with the optimal lighting actuation algorithm developed in Chapter<br />

141


6 to <strong>for</strong>m an intelligent wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator network. The preferred lighting<br />

specified by the occupants in the first phase was automatically delivered <strong>and</strong> maintained<br />

by the system based on occupancy status. The per<strong>for</strong>mance of the system was assessed<br />

by how closely the automatically generated lighting matched the preferred lighting<br />

specified by each of the occupants.<br />

9.2 Integrated Intelligent <strong>Lighting</strong> System<br />

A shared-space office in an educational research building over twenty years old<br />

was retrofitted with the research system. The office contains a hallway, a group meeting<br />

area <strong>and</strong> a work area with twelve personal workstations. Figure 9-1 shows the floor plan<br />

of the office, where the equally spaced shaded rectangles represent the locations of<br />

overhead luminaires. The 817 square foot office space was lit by these nineteen 2-lamp<br />

fluorescent light troffers originally configured to be controlled by a single switch. The<br />

office was located in the interior of the floor, <strong>and</strong> hence had no windows.<br />

The occupants were researchers <strong>and</strong> graduate students that have been working in<br />

the office on a daily basis. Each of the occupants had a designated desk in the work area<br />

(the left part of Figure 9-1), <strong>and</strong> there was also a larger worksurface in the center of the<br />

work area shared by all the occupants <strong>for</strong> conducting studies <strong>and</strong> experiments. The<br />

group meeting area (the right portion of Figure 9-1) was not utilized as frequently as the<br />

work area, but was in use quite often as each occupant was free to schedule meetings or<br />

hold discussions in the area.<br />

142


Figure 9-1 Floor plan of the small shared-space office.<br />

The rest of this section describes the hardware setup <strong>and</strong> network design of this<br />

implementation. The hardware setup subsection depicts the construction of the lighting<br />

control system, including how the components developed in Chapter 7 fit into the<br />

system, how each component interact with one another, <strong>and</strong> how the office was<br />

retrofitted. The network design subsection specifies the wireless messages used <strong>for</strong><br />

configuring a communication network, managing actuation activities, <strong>and</strong> collecting<br />

sensor readings. For completeness, each of the topics will be discussed in detail.<br />

However, it is important to recognize that each hardware component <strong>and</strong> network<br />

message may potentially be realized in various ways, <strong>and</strong> it is the functionalities of the<br />

components <strong>and</strong> messages that matter in this research.<br />

143


Hardware setup<br />

Each troffer was retrofitted with a 2-lamp dimmable ballast, a third generation<br />

wireless ballast actuation module <strong>and</strong> two T-8 fluorescent lamps as shown in Figure<br />

9-2. A local server was built <strong>for</strong> coordinating the wireless ballast actuator network,<br />

controlling <strong>and</strong> monitoring the lights, <strong>and</strong> bridging the occupants <strong>and</strong> the system with a<br />

web interface. Figure 9-3 illustrates the operation of this implementation. The<br />

in<strong>for</strong>mation flow is bi-directional between the client web browsers <strong>and</strong> the local server<br />

<strong>and</strong> between the local server <strong>and</strong> the luminaires. The route from client web browser<br />

through the local server to the luminaires is <strong>for</strong> actuation activities, while that from the<br />

luminaires via the local server to web browsers is <strong>for</strong> status feedback.<br />

Figure 9-2 <strong>Wireless</strong>-enabled dimming luminaire.<br />

144


Figure 9-3 System operation diagram.<br />

The mote plat<strong>for</strong>m sitting on the actuation module is programmed to listen to the<br />

network <strong>for</strong> actuation comm<strong>and</strong>s, report back its current actuation status to the local<br />

server, <strong>and</strong> coordinate with other motes to <strong>for</strong>m a multi-hop network. Upon receiving an<br />

actuation comm<strong>and</strong> addressed to it, the actuation module interprets the message, <strong>and</strong><br />

sets the level of the dimmable ballast or toggles the lights on/off. The mote also<br />

periodically generates packets containing its current status <strong>and</strong> sends them back to the<br />

base station on the local server. The purpose <strong>for</strong> the status feedback is twofold: to<br />

monitor the actuation status, <strong>and</strong> hence energy usage of the entire system, <strong>and</strong> to<br />

rein<strong>for</strong>ce the wireless network links <strong>and</strong> compensate <strong>for</strong> lost or corrupted actuation<br />

packets during wireless transmission. Furthermore, the motes autonomously configure<br />

themselves into a network by identifying their parent mote en route to the base station<br />

as soon as they are powered up. The network is dynamic <strong>and</strong> periodically updated to<br />

avoid bad or interrupted communication links.<br />

The local server integrates four subcomponents: a database, a web server, a<br />

control application program, <strong>and</strong> a mote base station. Each of the elements was<br />

145


implemented with free open source software in view of zero-overhead, compatibility,<br />

<strong>and</strong> scalability. The database is realized with MySQL ® . Tables in the database store<br />

user accounts, users’ lighting presets, actuation <strong>and</strong> status feedback histories, <strong>and</strong> sensor<br />

readings. The web server adopts the Apache HTTP Server <strong>and</strong> serves as a bridge<br />

between the users <strong>and</strong> the control application program. The graphical user interface,<br />

created by Bonnell, is in the <strong>for</strong>m of a website written in PHP [108] through which<br />

occupants can specify their preferred light settings, resume one of their presets, or<br />

override the current setting. The mote base station is composed of a mote plugged into<br />

the USB port of the computer <strong>and</strong> listens to the wireless network. A generic<br />

‘SerialForwarder’ program commonly used in the TinyOS community bridges the mote<br />

with the control application program. The control application program written in Java ®<br />

is the core of the system in which the control logic resides. It processes the actuation<br />

requests <strong>and</strong> issues actuation comm<strong>and</strong>s. Each time an actuation comm<strong>and</strong> is generated,<br />

a corresponding entry is logged into the associated table in the database. In order to<br />

account <strong>for</strong> possible interruption or corruption of the wireless communication, the<br />

program also listens to the status feedback from the actuation motes, compares the<br />

status to the most recent actuation history, <strong>and</strong> resends the actuation packet if any<br />

inconsistency is detected.<br />

The implementation was designed with the goal of minimizing the amount of<br />

costly retrofitting, while still achieving full functionality. Retrofitting simply included<br />

replacing the original ballasts with dimmable ballasts, installing the mote-based ballast<br />

actuation modules in the troffers, <strong>and</strong> replacing the original T12 lamps with T8<br />

fluorescent tubes. Two professional electricians, who belong to the staff in charge of<br />

146


campus-wide lighting maintenance, were recruited <strong>for</strong> the retrofitting task. Both<br />

electricians had worked with dimmable ballasts be<strong>for</strong>e, but neither of them had prior<br />

experience with this particular mote-based actuation module. It took each of the<br />

electricians roughly one hour to complete retrofitting the first luminaire, but the<br />

retrofitting time reduced to about twenty minutes per troffer <strong>for</strong> each electrician after<br />

they had gotten up to speed <strong>and</strong> had developed their own method <strong>for</strong> installing the<br />

modules. The wires used on the actuation modules were color coded to match the color<br />

of the wires used <strong>for</strong> typical dimmable ballasts <strong>and</strong> power lines to avoid confusion <strong>and</strong><br />

enhance the ease of installation. Figure 9-4 is a snapshot of the retrofitted office with<br />

the luminaires actuated at different levels.<br />

Figure 9-4 Office lighting after retrofitted with the research system.<br />

147


Network design<br />

In addition to enabling the wireless capability of each luminaire, the<br />

implemented system also realized a self-configuring multi-hop wireless actuator<br />

network. Four wireless message packet types were implemented <strong>for</strong> this purpose:<br />

actuation message, status message, grouping message, <strong>and</strong> beacon message.<br />

Specifically, the actuation message <strong>and</strong> the grouping message are packet types that<br />

support lighting actuation activities, <strong>and</strong> status message <strong>and</strong> beacon message are packet<br />

types <strong>for</strong> actuation status reporting from each luminaire.<br />

Two additional packet types, sensor message <strong>and</strong> sensor management message,<br />

were defined <strong>for</strong> wireless photosensors in the second phase of the implementation when<br />

sensors were integrated into the research system. The structure of each message type<br />

was designed to have certain amount of flexibility <strong>for</strong> future expansion, <strong>and</strong> thus not<br />

every single field in each message type was utilized in this implementation.<br />

Actuation activity<br />

The actuation message type has the structure shown in Figure 9-5. The source<br />

ID field contains the unique identification number of the mote that sends out the<br />

message, which can be the mote that either generates the message or relays the message.<br />

The origin ID field carries the identification number of the mote that originates the<br />

message, which is always the ID of the base station mote since the base server is the<br />

only entity that issues actuation comm<strong>and</strong>s in this implementation. The destination ID<br />

field specifies the mote to which this message is addressed. If it is a multicasting or<br />

broadcasting message, the destination group ID field indicates the group to which this<br />

148


message is addressed. The destination group ID field <strong>for</strong> multicasting messages to a<br />

specific group will only be in effect if the destination ID field is set to 65535. Actuation<br />

messages with both destination ID <strong>and</strong> destination group ID fields set to 65535 are<br />

broadcasting messages to which all ballast actuators should respond. The sequence<br />

number field carries a unique number <strong>for</strong> the recipient motes to distinguish between a<br />

new <strong>and</strong> a repetitive message. The time to live (TTL) field specifies how many times a<br />

message can be relayed in order to avoid infinite loops. The number decreases by one<br />

each time a message packet gets relayed by an intermediate mote, <strong>and</strong> the mote stops<br />

relaying the message when TTL reaches zero. As mentioned in chapter 7.3.2, the third<br />

generation ballast actuation module has an embedded failsafe mechanism which<br />

bypasses the mote actuator by default. In order <strong>for</strong> the mote-based ballast actuation<br />

module to be in effect, it has to be activated with an actuation message with the Boolean<br />

activate field set to true. The power off field is also a Boolean field <strong>for</strong> toggling the<br />

lights on <strong>and</strong> off. The dimming level field specifies the actuation level of the destination<br />

luminaire(s). The step control field allows stepwise dimming/brightening control with a<br />

predefined step-size <strong>and</strong> is currently not implemented.<br />

149


Figure 9-5 Actuation message structure.<br />

The grouping message type has the structure shown in Figure 9-6, <strong>and</strong> is <strong>for</strong><br />

assigning the actuation mote to the specified group. The group ID field specifies the<br />

unique group identification number to which the destination motes are to be assigned.<br />

The time to live <strong>and</strong> sequence number field has the same functionality as those in the<br />

actuation messages. The group member list field carries the unique identification<br />

numbers of the mote actuators that are to be assigned to the group indicated in the group<br />

ID field. The grouping feature has been implemented <strong>and</strong> available in the system, but<br />

was not in use <strong>for</strong> the verification in the following sections.<br />

Figure 9-6 Grouping message structure.<br />

150


Both the actuation <strong>and</strong> the grouping messages are transmitted from the base<br />

station to the destination mote(s) using a flooding-based network protocol. When an<br />

actuation or grouping message is ready to transmit, the base station broadcasts the<br />

message. Each of the motes that hears the message will rebroadcast the same message<br />

unless it is repetitive. Meanwhile, each mote will respond accordingly if the message is<br />

addressed to it. The chosen network protocol supports unicast, multicast <strong>and</strong> broadcast<br />

so that multiple motes may react to the same message.<br />

Status reporting activity<br />

The status report message type has the structure shown in Figure 9-7. The<br />

functionalities of the source ID, origin ID, sequence number <strong>and</strong> time to live fields in<br />

the message are exactly the same as those in the actuation message type. The activate,<br />

power off, dimming level <strong>and</strong> step control fields carry the corresponding status of the<br />

mote actuator.<br />

As mentioned be<strong>for</strong>e, the purpose of the status feedback from each actuation<br />

mote is twofold: (1) to rein<strong>for</strong>ce the communication links through a tree-based per-hop<br />

acknowledgement network protocol, <strong>and</strong> (2) to monitor the true actuation status of each<br />

mote actuator. Although the flooding-based actuation message communication protocol<br />

seems to be robust, there is still the chance that the destination mote will miss the<br />

message since no acknowledgement mechanism was implemented in the protocol. With<br />

the status report from the mote actuators, the base server can check the consistency<br />

between the reported status <strong>and</strong> the latest actuation history <strong>and</strong> resend the actuation<br />

message when inconsistency is detected. The status report messages are transmitted<br />

151


using a tree-based mechanism with the base station as the root of the tree. The mote in<br />

the route to the root will relay a received status message to its parent one layer closer to<br />

the root, <strong>and</strong> wait <strong>for</strong> the acknowledgement from its parent. Unacknowledged messages<br />

are resent up to three times.<br />

Figure 9-7 Status report message structure.<br />

Network management activity<br />

The beacon message type is used to create the communication tree <strong>for</strong><br />

transmitting the status report messages from ballast actuators as well as the sensor<br />

messages from photosensors, <strong>and</strong> has the structure of Figure 9-8. The source ID field<br />

specifies the unique identification number of the mote that sends out the beacon<br />

message. The parent ID field contains the parent’s identification number of the mote.<br />

The cost field indicates the cost of using the transmission route, which is calculated<br />

from the link quality indicator (LQI) embedded in every received packet <strong>and</strong> the hop<br />

counts in the hop count field. The hop count field keeps track of how many of the same<br />

beacon message are relayed, <strong>and</strong> increases by one <strong>for</strong> each relay.<br />

152


The construction or updating of the communication tree is achieved by each<br />

mote identifying its parent, <strong>and</strong> it starts with the base station mote broadcasting a<br />

beacon message with source ID set to 0, the designated identification number <strong>for</strong> the<br />

base mote in this implementation. The cost <strong>and</strong> hop count fields are also initialized to 0.<br />

Each mote that hears a beacon message will per<strong>for</strong>m the following six tasks: (1)<br />

calculate the cost from the LQI <strong>and</strong> the hop counts of the received beacon message; (2)<br />

replace the source ID with its own ID; (3) replace the parent ID with the ID of its<br />

current parent if one exists; (4) add the calculated cost to the original one in the cost<br />

field; (5) increment hop count field by one; (6) rebroadcast the message with the<br />

updated fields. Each mote updates its parent to the one with minimum cost every time a<br />

beacon message is received <strong>and</strong> then rebroadcasts the message with updated fields. To<br />

avoid loops, a mote is not allowed to select the mote as its parent when the parent ID<br />

field in the beacon message is filled with its ID.<br />

Figure 9-8 Beacon message structure.<br />

Sensing activity<br />

The structure of the sensor message type is defined in Figure 9-9. The source ID<br />

field contains the unique identification number of the mote that sends out the message.<br />

The origin ID field contains the identification number of the mote photosensor that<br />

originates the message. The destination ID field specifies the final destination of this<br />

153


sensor message, which is always the ID of the base station mote since the base server is<br />

the sink that processes <strong>and</strong> stores sensor in<strong>for</strong>mation in this implementation. The<br />

function of the sequence number <strong>and</strong> time to live fields are exactly the same as those in<br />

other message types. The Boolean fused field indicates whether this sensor reading is a<br />

raw sensor data or a fused value generated by an intra-network sensor fusion process.<br />

Recall that it is possible <strong>for</strong> the photosensors to per<strong>for</strong>m intra-network sensor fusion as<br />

discussed in Chapter 7.4. The reading field carries the sensor reading.<br />

Figure 9-9 <strong>Sensor</strong> message structure.<br />

The sensor management message type supports managing mote photosensors<br />

over the wireless network from the base server. The management mechanism employs a<br />

broadcast-based protocol like the one used in actuation activities, <strong>and</strong> all sensors should<br />

respond to the same message. The sequence number <strong>and</strong> time to live fields have the<br />

same functionalities as those in other message types. The Boolean query field indicates<br />

whether this message is a request <strong>for</strong> sensor readings. It allows the base server to<br />

request sensor readings using this message with the query field set to true. <strong>Sensor</strong>s<br />

receiving this message immediately acquire a reading <strong>and</strong> send it back to the base server<br />

in addition to its routine fixed-rate sensing tasks. The Boolean update sensing rate field<br />

154


determines if this message is <strong>for</strong> updating the sensing rate of the sensors. If this field is<br />

set to true, the sensing rate of the recipient sensors will be updated to the new rate<br />

specified in the sensing rate field. The Boolean reset field, if set to true, instructs the<br />

recipient photosensors to revert all parameters to default values.<br />

Figure 9-10 <strong>Sensor</strong> management message structure.<br />

9.3 <strong>Energy</strong> Savings Assessment<br />

The first phase of the system implementation was to assess long-term energy<br />

savings by enabling the individual addressability <strong>and</strong> controllability of each luminaire.<br />

During this phase, the overhead luminaires were manually controlled by the occupants<br />

through a designated user interface. The power consumed by the new lighting system<br />

was measured <strong>and</strong> compared to that of the original lighting configuration.<br />

9.3.1 User Interface <strong>and</strong> Power Measurement<br />

A web interface designed by Bonnell [108] bridges the occupants <strong>and</strong> the<br />

lighting system. The occupants may define presets that can be resumed with the GUI,<br />

shown in Figure 9-11, residing in the Kiosk by the entryway of the office. Each preset is<br />

155


specified by setting the percentage of light output from each of the luminaires that<br />

matters using the GUI in Figure 9-12, where the background is the floor plan of the<br />

office. When a user resumes a preset, the GUI sends the request to the base server of the<br />

lighting system, which then retrieves the light settings corresponding to the preset <strong>and</strong><br />

transmits the actuation comm<strong>and</strong>s to the involved wireless ballast actuators. Conflicting<br />

lighting preferences are resolved by simple heuristics that apply the highest specified<br />

setting to the luminaires. For example, if multiple present occupants have assigned<br />

different light intensity settings to the same luminaire, the luminaire will be actuated at<br />

the highest level of all the settings.<br />

Figure 9-11 User interface on the Kiosk [108].<br />

156


Figure 9-12 <strong>Lighting</strong> preset setting interface [108].<br />

In order to rigorously determine the energy consumption <strong>and</strong> the usage patterns,<br />

a customized power measurement instrument was installed [108]. This device measures<br />

the power consumption of the 19 luminaires in the office along with the instant voltage<br />

<strong>and</strong> current, RMS (root-mean-square) voltage <strong>and</strong> current, VA, <strong>and</strong> power factor <strong>for</strong><br />

further analysis.<br />

9.3.2 Long-term <strong>Energy</strong> Savings<br />

To evaluate the possible energy savings, the power consumption of the office<br />

after the implementation of the mote-based research lighting system was compared to<br />

that of the original lighting configuration where all the lights could only be turned<br />

on/off together. The energy usage data collected by the power measurement device<br />

157


etween February 2 nd , 2008 <strong>and</strong> July 7 th , 2008 with 3,408 hours of valid data was<br />

considered.<br />

Since the original ballasts <strong>and</strong> the light tubes were all replaced during the<br />

retrofitting, the energy usage <strong>for</strong> the original lighting configuration was theoretically<br />

calculated <strong>for</strong> the comparison. The power consumption <strong>for</strong> all on/off operation was<br />

determined using the same office light usage data, but assumed that the lamps were only<br />

operated all on (rated as the full energy consumption of the ballast) <strong>and</strong> off (zero<br />

power). In this sense, the comparison took into account the operation overhead of the<br />

motes <strong>and</strong> the actuation modules in each of the retrofitted troffers. In addition, the input<br />

power of the ballasts used in this calculation was the maximum power of the new<br />

dimmable ballasts rather than the less energy-efficient non-dimmable ballasts that the<br />

research system replaced. This choice was made to eliminate the difference in<br />

efficiencies between the old <strong>and</strong> new ballasts.<br />

The overall energy savings <strong>for</strong> the analyzed period was 51.2%. A total of 638.02<br />

kWh were actually consumed by the research system, <strong>and</strong> power usage of 1307.46 kWh<br />

was calculated <strong>for</strong> the all on/off lighting configuration. Figure 9-13 shows the<br />

percentage utilization of the office broken down by the hour, <strong>and</strong> reveals the occupancy<br />

pattern during typical business hours. For example, the third bar from the left of the<br />

histogram indicates that in all the valid days between the hour of 10am <strong>and</strong> 11am, 60%<br />

of the time the office was occupied by at least one person. The corresponding hourly<br />

lighting power consumption is plotted in Figure 9-14, where the red-shaded bars <strong>and</strong> the<br />

green-shaded bars represent the energy usage of the research system <strong>and</strong> the original<br />

lighting system respectively.<br />

158


Figure 9-13 Average hourly percent utilization of the lighting system [108].<br />

Figure 9-14 Average hourly power consumption [108].<br />

The 51.2% energy savings gained by enabling individual control of lights<br />

appeared to be higher than studies conducted by other researchers [22, 109]. This might<br />

be because approximately one-third of the office was a group meeting area, which was<br />

159


not occupied as often as the personal workstations in the rest of the office. This large<br />

area could now be unlit, whereas with the original lighting configuration it couldn’t.<br />

The occupational nature of the users also led to some extended periods of under-use of<br />

the office during the day. Nonetheless, the most important implication of this savings is<br />

that enabling individual lighting control had the tendency of saving significant amounts<br />

of energy while improving occupants’ satisfaction working under their preferred<br />

lighting.<br />

One interesting observation made from comparing Figure 9-13 <strong>and</strong> Figure 9-14<br />

is that the more often the office was occupied, the more energy savings could be<br />

generated. In the hour between 8am <strong>and</strong> 9am, the power consumption of the research<br />

system was almost the same as that of the original all on/off operation, whereas the<br />

energy usage was cut by more than a half with the research system during the late<br />

morning <strong>and</strong> the afternoon hours. Aside from the typically unoccupied group meeting<br />

area discussed be<strong>for</strong>e, the most likely cause of this was the overhead of the mote-based<br />

system. Since the motes <strong>and</strong> the actuation modules were directly powered by the mains<br />

<strong>and</strong> would continue to operate all the time, their energy consumption would also be<br />

reflected from the lighting energy usage data <strong>and</strong> become noticeable, especially when<br />

all the lights were off. This observation suggests that better selection of energy efficient<br />

components <strong>for</strong> the actuation modules is necessary to further reduce the operation<br />

overhead when it comes to mass production <strong>and</strong> commercialization. Furthermore,<br />

although the impact on power consumption will not be as significant, a better<br />

communication protocol could be employed so as to put the motes in a low-power sleep<br />

mode as often as possible to reduce the energy draw.<br />

160


9.4 Daylight Response<br />

The second phase of this implementation integrates the system with the wireless<br />

photosensors developed in Chapter 7.2 <strong>and</strong> the lighting optimization algorithm<br />

developed in Chapter 6.3 <strong>for</strong> harvesting daylight. This phase serves as the verification<br />

of the research lighting system per<strong>for</strong>mance operating under the presence of extraneous<br />

<strong>and</strong> uncontrollable light sources. The capacity to respond to daylight is a critical feature<br />

<strong>for</strong> the developed system as daylight harvesting is one of the most energy efficient<br />

lighting management strategies.<br />

9.4.1 Experiment Setup<br />

An important simplification of the occupants’ lighting preferences was made <strong>for</strong><br />

this assessment. Although an ideal lighting condition includes sufficient task<br />

illuminance as well as desirable surrounding lighting, occupants’ lighting preferences<br />

were strictly confined to the illuminances on their desktops <strong>for</strong> simplicity. In other<br />

words, the desktop illuminance specified by an occupant in the first phase of the<br />

assessment was considered as his/her lighting preference. Incorporating the lessons<br />

learned from Chapter 8.3 – that sensor readings don’t always perfectly match the task<br />

illuminances due to the locations of sensors – occupants’ lighting preferences were<br />

defined by the sensor readings instead of illuminances directly read off of a light meter<br />

placed at the center of the working areas.<br />

Since the occupants mostly worked on their own desks instead of in the group<br />

meeting area, only the part of the office with the workstations was implemented with<br />

161


the automatic lighting optimization program. A lighting structure simulated a window<br />

with daylight coming through. This was mounted on the cabinets facing south at the<br />

northwest side of the working area in the office. The details of this lighting structure are<br />

depicted in the next section.<br />

<strong>Wireless</strong> photosensors were deployed onto the desktops to <strong>for</strong>m a sensor<br />

network. The readings from each sensor are relayed to the local server of the system as<br />

described earlier in this chapter, where the optimal light settings are calculated <strong>and</strong><br />

actuation comm<strong>and</strong>s are issued to the wireless-enabled luminaires. Execution of the<br />

lighting optimization algorithm is triggered when any occupant’s task illuminance<br />

exceeds ±5% of the preferred lighting or balanced lighting if confliction exists.<br />

Similarly, iterations of lighting optimization terminate only when all the occupants’ task<br />

illuminances have been within 5% of the preferred lighting or balanced lighting if<br />

confliction existed.<br />

9.4.2 Artificial Daylighting Generation<br />

As mentioned in Chapter 9.2, the research system was realized in an office<br />

located in the interior of the building without any window. Thus, a separate structure<br />

was constructed <strong>for</strong> simulating daylight.<br />

The daylight simulating structure is made of PVC pipes with a 4' by 1' 4-lamp<br />

fluorescent light troffer attaching to it as shown in Figure 9-15. The troffer is equipped<br />

with a dimmable ballast <strong>for</strong> adjusting the intensity of the light output <strong>and</strong> full spectrum<br />

lamps that deliver close-to-nature light. The light can be dimmed <strong>and</strong> brightened using a<br />

h<strong>and</strong>held remote controller or a 0-10V adjustable voltage supply <strong>for</strong> finer resolution.<br />

162


Furthermore, the structure allows the luminaire to tilt <strong>and</strong> thus simulate different<br />

incident angles.<br />

Figure 9-15 Daylight simulating structure.<br />

The structure was mounted on top of the file cabinet that separates the work area<br />

<strong>and</strong> the group meeting area in the office; it faced the work area to mimic a window with<br />

daylight penetrating through it. The overall height of this daylight source from the floor<br />

to the center of the troffer was 6.8'.<br />

The light spectrum generated from the daylight simulating structure is close to<br />

natural daylight, the intensity, however, is much weaker. The intensity of the simulated<br />

daylight attenuates quickly with distance. When illuminated by the simulated daylight<br />

alone, the horizontal illuminance on the closest desktop used in this test, approximately<br />

ten feet away from the structure, is about 100 lux, <strong>and</strong> that on the farthest desktop is less<br />

than 10 lux. In other words, the simulated daylight can at most contribute to roughly<br />

one-third of the lighting required by the occupants. Although not as strong as true<br />

daylight, the simulated daylight is good <strong>for</strong> testing the system per<strong>for</strong>mance under the<br />

163


situation where part of the room receives daylight <strong>and</strong> part of the room receives almost<br />

no daylight.<br />

9.4.3 Testing results<br />

Three different cases were tested to verify the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the integrated<br />

lighting system. The first case considered four occupants sitting sparsely in the office<br />

with a well-planned daylight changing sequence. The second case increased the number<br />

of occupants to seven with a wider range of lighting preferences, <strong>and</strong> the simulated<br />

daylight was also changed in accordance with a simple sequence. The last case<br />

considered the same occupants as the second one, but the simulated daylight followed a<br />

downscaled pattern of real daylight change.<br />

Four-occupant case with simple daylight changing sequence<br />

Four occupants were considered in the first test. As shown in Figure 9-16, the<br />

user-specified task illuminances are denoted on the desks at which these occupants sat.<br />

The change of percentage output over time in relation to the maximum light output from<br />

the daylight simulating structure is shown in Figure 9-17. The light from the daylighting<br />

simulating structure was turned on to the dimmest level four minutes after the test<br />

started <strong>and</strong> was gradually brightened approximately every two minutes to the maximal<br />

level. The simulated daylight output was then dimmed to 40% <strong>for</strong> two minutes, turned<br />

back up to the maximum <strong>for</strong> three minutes, <strong>and</strong> was then gradually dimmed to the<br />

minimal level be<strong>for</strong>e being turned off.<br />

164


Figure 9-16 Daylight harvesting test on four occupants.<br />

Figure 9-17 Simulated daylight output <strong>for</strong> the first case.<br />

The readings from the four photosensors mounted on the occupants’ desktop are<br />

shown as the blue lines in Figure 9-18 <strong>and</strong> are ordered by the degree of each sensor<br />

being affected by the extraneous light. The occupant numbers labeled in the upper-right<br />

corner of each subplot in Figure 9-18 correspond to the circled digits in Figure 9-16,<br />

which signify the location of each occupant. The red solid lines in Figure 9-18 represent<br />

165


the occupants’ preferred lighting, <strong>and</strong> the dashed cyan lines indicate the ±5% boundary,<br />

beyond which new iterations of lighting optimization will be triggered.<br />

Except <strong>for</strong> the initialization of the test, the sensor readings in the bottom two<br />

plots of Figure 9-18 never exceed 5% of the preferred lighting, <strong>and</strong> were not<br />

significantly affected by the extraneous light since the two desks were located deep in<br />

the office away from the daylight simulating structure. The sensor readings in the upper<br />

two plots of Figure 9-18 better reflect the reception of daylight on the two desks closer<br />

to the lighting structure, especially the one where occupant number three sat. The<br />

overhead lights in the office were able to quickly compensate <strong>for</strong> the available daylight<br />

<strong>and</strong> keep the desktop illuminances well within 5% of the occupant-specified<br />

preferences. From the observation made in the office during the test, the change of the<br />

electric lights was actually very subtle <strong>and</strong> nearly unnoticeable to bare eyes.<br />

166


Figure 9-18 <strong>Sensor</strong> readings in the first case.<br />

Figure 9-19 shows the percentage of energy consumption of the system during<br />

this test compared to the original lighting configuration where all the overhead lights<br />

can only be turned on/off together with a single switch. Only 36.4% of energy was used<br />

to deliver occupants’ preferred lighting <strong>for</strong> the first four minutes be<strong>for</strong>e harvesting<br />

daylight. The energy usage was further reduced roughly in accordance with the amount<br />

of available daylight, <strong>and</strong> the minimum of 31.0% energy usage was achieved when the<br />

167


light output from the daylight simulating structure reached the maximum level. Notice<br />

that each stair in Figure 9-19 indicates a new energy usage level after a set of new<br />

iterations of lighting optimization was triggered <strong>and</strong> revised light settings were<br />

delivered. Remember that the lighting optimization algorithm was not necessarily<br />

triggered every time the simulated daylight changed, but only when the task illuminance<br />

on any of the present occupant’s desk diverged from specified preference by 5%.<br />

Figure 9-19 Percentage of energy consumption in the first case.<br />

Seven-occupant case with simple daylight changing sequence<br />

This test considered a more compactly occupied office where seven occupants<br />

were present with a wide range of lighting preferences as shown in Figure 9-20. Figure<br />

9-21 illustrates the change sequence of the simulated daylight. The simulated daylight<br />

was turned on to the dimmest level four minutes after the test started <strong>and</strong> was gradually<br />

brightened approximately every two minutes to the maximum. The simulated daylight<br />

was then dimmed to 50% <strong>for</strong> two minutes, turned back up to the maximal level, <strong>and</strong><br />

168


then gradually dimmed. After reaching the minimum, the light output was brought up to<br />

80% <strong>for</strong> two minutes <strong>and</strong> then returned to the minimum be<strong>for</strong>e being turned off.<br />

Figure 9-20 Daylight harvesting test on seven occupants.<br />

Figure 9-21 Simulated daylight output <strong>for</strong> the second case.<br />

The sensor readings from each of the seven sensors on the occupants’ desktops<br />

are shown in Figure 9-22 <strong>and</strong> Figure 9-23, <strong>and</strong> are ordered by the amount of daylight<br />

reception. The occupant numbers labeled in the upper-right corner of each subplot<br />

correspond to occupants’ locations annotated by the circled digits in Figure 9-20. The<br />

169


solid red horizontal lines <strong>and</strong> dashed cyan lines in the same plots represent the<br />

occupant’s preferred lighting <strong>and</strong> the ±5% boundary respectively. As soon as any sensor<br />

reading deviated from the occupant’s specified preference by 5%, new iterations of<br />

lighting optimization were triggered to bring the light back within the ±5% range. It is<br />

obvious that the closer the desks to the daylight simulating structure, the more<br />

susceptible to the extraneous light the sensors would be. Nonetheless, the light was<br />

maintained well within 5% of each occupant’s preferred lighting during the entire test.<br />

The percentage of energy usage of the system during the test compared to the<br />

original all-on/all-off lighting configuration is shown in Figure 9-24. Only 33.3% of<br />

energy was used to deliver occupants’ preferred lighting be<strong>for</strong>e daylight was available.<br />

The energy consumption reduced while harvesting daylight, <strong>and</strong> the minimum energy<br />

usage of 28.9% was achieved when the light output from the daylight simulating<br />

structure was at the brightest level.<br />

170


Figure 9-22 <strong>Sensor</strong> readings in the second case (1).<br />

171


Figure 9-23 <strong>Sensor</strong> readings in the second case (2).<br />

Figure 9-24 Percentage of energy consumption in the second case.<br />

172


Seven-occupant case with simulated daylight fluctuation sequence<br />

Given the promising results of the lighting system responding to the wellplanned<br />

daylight changing sequences in the previous two cases, a more close-to-real<br />

daylight fluctuation sequence was employed to evaluate the system per<strong>for</strong>mance. The<br />

same seven occupants <strong>and</strong> lighting preferences as the preceding case (Figure 9-20) were<br />

considered in this test. The daylight fluctuation data was measured using a photosensor<br />

placed five feet away from a north-facing window on an ordinary day with a sensing<br />

rate of ten seconds per sample as shown by the blue line in Figure 9-25. In order to<br />

make it possible to replicate the sequence of daylight change with the daylight<br />

simulating structure, the daylight fluctuation data was sampled every ten minutes <strong>and</strong><br />

scaled to fit the operation range of the simulating structure. The red crosses in Figure<br />

9-25 indicate the data points considered in this test, <strong>and</strong> the light output from the<br />

daylight simulating structure was adjusted accordingly every minute instead of every<br />

ten minutes. As a result, the simulated daylight followed the trajectory in Figure 9-26.<br />

Figure 9-25 Measured daylight fluctuation.<br />

173


Figure 9-26 Light output from the daylight simulating structure.<br />

The solid blues lines in Figure 9-27 <strong>and</strong> Figure 9-28 show the sensor readings<br />

from the seven desktop-mounted sensors, which correspond with the occupants <strong>and</strong><br />

ordered by the level of daylight reception. The occupant numbers associate each<br />

occupant’s location to the circled digits in Figure 9-20. The solid red horizontal lines<br />

<strong>and</strong> dashed cyan lines in the same plots represent the occupant’s preferred lighting <strong>and</strong><br />

the ±5% boundary respectively. All seven sensor readings, especially the ones close to<br />

the daylight simulating structure (plots in Figure 9-27), did fluctuate with the change of<br />

simulated daylight, but were maintained within 5% of occupants’ preferred lighting.<br />

New iterations of lighting optimization were triggered to quickly bring the task<br />

illuminances back to occupants’ preferences once any sensor reading exceeded the 5%<br />

boundary. Like the observations made in the previous two cases, the change of electric<br />

lights was very subtle <strong>and</strong> nearly unnoticeable in this case.<br />

174


Figure 9-27 <strong>Sensor</strong> readings in the third scenario (1).<br />

175


Figure 9-28 <strong>Sensor</strong> readings in the third scenario (2).<br />

The 5% boundary in the above paragraph was picked mainly <strong>for</strong> demonstrating<br />

the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the system harvesting daylight. In reality, however, sensible minor<br />

fluctuations of daylight may actually contribute to positive experiences, which make the<br />

occupants feel more connected to the nature. There<strong>for</strong>e, when the system is deployed to<br />

a real daylit office, the value of being in tune with fluctuations from natural light should<br />

also be taken into account to create an enjoyable working environment.<br />

The percentage of energy consumption of the system during the test compared to<br />

the original all-on/off lighting configuration is shown in Figure 9-29. 34.3% of energy<br />

was used to deliver occupants’ preferred lighting when there was no extraneous light.<br />

The energy usage decreased after harvesting daylight, <strong>and</strong> could be as low as 29.1%<br />

176


under significant daylight. Again, each stair in Figure 9-29 represents a new energy<br />

usage level after the lighting optimization algorithm revised the light settings to<br />

compensate <strong>for</strong> available daylight.<br />

Figure 9-29 Percentage of energy consumption in the third scenario.<br />

9.4.4 Discussion<br />

The testing results presented in the previous section demonstrate a promising<br />

per<strong>for</strong>mance of the integrated system responding to daylight, <strong>and</strong> hence the potential of<br />

further boosting energy savings. Meanwhile, important observations <strong>and</strong> valuable<br />

experiences have been learned from the tests <strong>and</strong> are discussed in this section.<br />

It was found that when a room is packed with too many occupants, lighting<br />

optimization could become infeasible. This issue is caused by too many competing<br />

lighting preferences relative to the degree of freedom <strong>for</strong> optimization. From a<br />

mathematical st<strong>and</strong>point, the twelve luminaires implemented in the office <strong>for</strong> the<br />

previous testing cases translate to twelve variables in the linear programming problem.<br />

The constraints of the problem are <strong>for</strong>mulated from each occupant’s lighting preference.<br />

177


The physical limitations of light outputs from the luminaires are also posed as<br />

constraints to the linear programming problem. As a result, if the number of constraints<br />

(present occupants) is close to or even exceeds that of the variables (number of<br />

luminaires), it is very likely that the optimization simply becomes overly stringent <strong>and</strong><br />

yields no feasible regain <strong>for</strong> an optimal solution. The over-constraining issue signifies<br />

the critical link between degrees of freedom <strong>and</strong> scalability. In short, the scalability<br />

potential of the lighting system depends more on the ratio of the luminaires <strong>and</strong> the<br />

occupants than the size of the office or the total number of the luminaires. In practice, a<br />

well-lit shared-space office generally has the proper number of luminaires appropriately<br />

arranged to deliver designed lighting <strong>and</strong> it usually accommodates a reasonable number<br />

occupants. There<strong>for</strong>e, scalability of the system will not be an issue <strong>for</strong> a typical office.<br />

Higher-level system design is necessary to make the current lighting control<br />

system ready <strong>for</strong> practical realization. Although not considered in the previous tests,<br />

exceptional cases have to be accounted <strong>for</strong>. One extreme would occur when the<br />

available daylight alone already exceeds occupants’ lighting preferences. There will be<br />

no way <strong>for</strong> the lighting system to generate light settings that counterbalance excessive<br />

light. This worst-case scenario points to future research of integrating the automatic<br />

shading system discussed in Chapter 10.3.2. The antithesis of the over-lit condition<br />

arises when the occupants’ lighting requirements cannot be satisfied even if the settings<br />

<strong>for</strong> electric lights have maxed out. This will most likely happen in legacy buildings that<br />

are originally under-lit in the first place. Furthermore, the testing scenarios in the<br />

previous sections assumed no change on occupancy status during the test. In reality,<br />

occupancy change will certainly trigger new iterations of lighting optimization, where<br />

178


newly calculated light settings may be significantly different from the previous one, <strong>and</strong><br />

the light change may become noticeable to the occupants. The system needs to ensure a<br />

smooth transition when encountering a change of occupancy in order not to irritate<br />

people with a series of annoying light adjustments.<br />

9.5 Commercial Implication<br />

As the energy crisis <strong>and</strong> global warming continues to worsen, the proposed<br />

lighting system could potentially generate over 50% energy savings <strong>and</strong> high user<br />

satisfaction with both legacy buildings <strong>and</strong> new constructions. With the development of<br />

wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator network technologies over the years, this section provides<br />

an analysis of the commercial implications of the research system, including the current<br />

<strong>and</strong> projected payback period <strong>and</strong> potential bottlenecks.<br />

9.5.1 Payback Period – Current <strong>and</strong> Projected Payback Period<br />

A payback period analysis on the research intelligent wireless lighting system is<br />

provided in this section. Since the energy savings are different from building to building<br />

largely dependent on occupancy pattern, available daylight, etc., educated guesses have<br />

to be made to estimate some of the parameters required in the analysis.<br />

Consider a 150 square-meter open-plan office space originally designed with a<br />

single wall switch to control all luminaires in the office. The number of luminaires <strong>and</strong><br />

ballasts required to light the space is calculated from the lumen method <strong>for</strong> average<br />

illuminance [110]. The average illumination calculation sheet attached in Appendix C.1<br />

179


indicates that 15 fixtures <strong>and</strong> ballasts are sufficient to light the office under the<br />

following assumptions:<br />

a. The office is 15m in length, 10m in width <strong>and</strong> 3m in height, <strong>and</strong> features typical<br />

ceiling/wall/floor reflectance of 80/50/20% [20]. The luminaire mounting<br />

height, which is defined as the height from the worksurface to the fixture, is<br />

1.65m.<br />

b. Each luminaire is equipped with one 4-lamp electronic ballast <strong>and</strong> four 32W T8<br />

fluorescent lamps.<br />

c. The lamps are generic T8 fluorescent light tubes, such as those manufactured by<br />

Philips [111] <strong>and</strong> GE [112] with 3500K color temperature <strong>and</strong> 2660 design<br />

lumens.<br />

d. The input power to each 4-lamp ballast is 98W, in accordance with a<br />

representative electronic instant-start ballast manufactured by Advance<br />

Trans<strong>for</strong>mer Co. [113].<br />

e. The office was originally designed such that the worksurface illuminance is 500<br />

lux, meeting the IES (Illuminating Engineering Society) recommendations <strong>for</strong><br />

visual tasks of medium contrast or small size [110].<br />

f. The lights are on <strong>for</strong> 14 hours (from 7am to 9pm) per day, 5 days a week; in<br />

other words, 260 days per year.<br />

g. The office is considered a clean environment <strong>for</strong> calculating the light loss factor<br />

(LLF).<br />

The annual energy consumption under the original non-dimming groupcontrolled<br />

ballasts is estimated at 5,350.8 kWh, as calculated in (9.1).<br />

180


Annual energy consumption<br />

= ( Number of ballast) ( Ballast power) ( Daily operating hours)<br />

( Operating days per year)<br />

(9.1)<br />

= 15 98 14 260 = 5, 350,800 Wh year = 5, 350.8 kWh year<br />

The prototyping costs <strong>for</strong> each component of the research system are<br />

summarized in Table 9-1, as are the projected prices <strong>for</strong> both retrofitting <strong>and</strong> new<br />

installation after mass production <strong>and</strong> if the technology has matured. The difference<br />

between retrofitting <strong>and</strong> new installation is the requirement of dimmable ballasts.<br />

Dimmable ballasts are not included as a part of the cost <strong>for</strong> new installations since<br />

ballasts are inevitable <strong>for</strong> fluorescent lighting systems, <strong>and</strong> it is a trend to adopt<br />

dimmable ballasts <strong>for</strong> daylight harvesting capabilities. Moreover, daylight responsive<br />

capabilities have become m<strong>and</strong>atory <strong>for</strong> new constructions in some states’ code of<br />

regulations such as the <strong>Energy</strong> Efficiency St<strong>and</strong>ards of Cali<strong>for</strong>nia, <strong>and</strong> dimmable<br />

ballasts are part of the construction cost. Most of the off-the-shelf electronic<br />

components have price quotes available <strong>for</strong> large quantities, however the future price of<br />

dimming ballasts <strong>and</strong> motes must be determined by educated guesses. The ultimate<br />

price of the wireless plat<strong>for</strong>ms used in these calculations was $10. In fact, researchers<br />

<strong>and</strong> developers of the wireless plat<strong>for</strong>ms optimistically estimate the cost to be about $1<br />

in the future.<br />

181


Item<br />

Table 9-1 System commonpont price.<br />

Quantity<br />

required<br />

Prototype<br />

unit price<br />

Projected unit<br />

price <strong>for</strong><br />

retrofitting<br />

Projected unit<br />

price <strong>for</strong> new<br />

installation<br />

Light sensor module 3 per desk $25.00 $10.00 $10.00<br />

<strong>Wireless</strong> ballast<br />

actuation module<br />

1 per ballast $77.00<br />

$15.00<br />

$15.00<br />

4-lamp dimming ballast 1 per luminaire $95.00 $40.00 $0.00<br />

<strong>Wireless</strong> motes 1 per module $78.00 $10.00 $10.00<br />

Total cost <strong>for</strong> an office with 15 luminaires<br />

<strong>and</strong> 15 occupants<br />

$8,385 $1,875 $1,275<br />

Suppose the retail price of electricity in commercial buildings is 9.62 cents per<br />

kilowatt-hour, as reported by the <strong>Energy</strong> In<strong>for</strong>mation Administration in April 2008<br />

[114]. The annual electricity cost <strong>for</strong> the manual non-dimmable control is $515. The<br />

energy savings versus payback period of the research system with current <strong>and</strong> projected<br />

prices are shown in Figure 9-30 <strong>and</strong> Figure 9-31 respectively.<br />

The hardware cost <strong>for</strong> retrofitting a 15-person 150m 2<br />

office space with the<br />

prototype intelligent system is about $8,400, <strong>and</strong> there is no reasonable payback time, as<br />

Figure 9-30 suggests, no matter how much savings the system can possibly generate.<br />

This finding is not surprising in that the prototype was designed <strong>for</strong> proof of concept<br />

instead of optimized <strong>for</strong> commercialization. The small-quantity purchase of the<br />

prototype components also contributes to their high unit price. More importantly, the<br />

application of wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator network technologies to energy-efficient<br />

lighting systems is a new concept <strong>and</strong> is still at very early stage, <strong>and</strong> significant price<br />

reduction can be expected once the industry has recognize its marketing potential.<br />

182


Figure 9-30 <strong>Energy</strong> savings vs. payback period with current system cost.<br />

Figure 9-31 <strong>Energy</strong> savings vs. payback period with projected system cost.<br />

The predicted hardware cost of the system drops to approximately $1,875 <strong>for</strong><br />

retrofitting at the maximum as shown in Table 9-1, <strong>and</strong> a reasonable payback period<br />

183


ecome possible if the system generates more than 60% savings as the blue solid line<br />

reveals in Figure 9-31. Since the system is capable of harvesting daylight <strong>and</strong><br />

considering occupancy status simultaneously, it is not unrealistic to expect energy<br />

savings greater than 60% as demonstrated earlier in Chapter 9.4. Like most of the<br />

energy-efficient lighting systems, the projected payback time <strong>for</strong> retrofitting, however,<br />

stays at the high end of the three- to five-year period acceptable to facility managers <strong>for</strong><br />

adopting energy efficient products. The next section provides a detailed discussion on<br />

the potential commercialization bottleneck of the proposed lighting system. An<br />

exemplary analysis of energy savings <strong>and</strong> payback period <strong>for</strong> this particular office can<br />

be found in Appendix C.2. The payback period <strong>for</strong> new installation is about 30% shorter<br />

than <strong>for</strong> retrofitting without the overhead of dimmable ballasts as the green dashed line<br />

suggests in Figure 9-31. In the meantime, it is important to recognize that in addition to<br />

energy efficiency, the research system also emphasizes on satisfying occupants’ lighting<br />

preferences. This desirable feature <strong>and</strong> unique advantage could potentially outweigh a<br />

longer but reasonable payback period.<br />

9.5.2 Commercialization Bottleneck<br />

According to Table 9-1, the potential bottleneck <strong>for</strong> commercializing the<br />

intelligent lighting system will be the dimmable ballasts. Although the prototyping<br />

sensors <strong>and</strong> actuation modules currently cost more than the dimmable ballasts, the<br />

prices of the components are expected to drop significantly, especially those <strong>for</strong> the<br />

electronic components. However, the technologies of dimmable ballasts have been<br />

mature <strong>and</strong> on the market <strong>for</strong> a while. Even though the notably fewer market dem<strong>and</strong>s<br />

184


have partially contributed to the high unit price, the cost of a dimmable ballast is not<br />

likely to fall below that of its non-dimmable counterpart, which is in the range of $20 to<br />

$30.<br />

Figure 9-32 shows the projected payback periods with respect to the unit price<br />

of dimmable ballasts assuming that the lighting system generates 60% energy savings<br />

on average. At the price of $40 per ballast as predicted in Table 9-1, the payback time<br />

of the proposed lighting system will be a little more than six years. For spaces that are<br />

already equipped with dimmable ballasts, such as those where daylight harvesting is<br />

m<strong>and</strong>atory under Cali<strong>for</strong>nia’s Title 24 energy code, the zero additional cost on<br />

dimmable ballasts will results in a four-year payback period as suggested in Figure<br />

9-32. As the necessity of dimmable ballasts <strong>for</strong> versatile energy-efficient lighting<br />

management technologies has been recognized, it will soon become a trend <strong>for</strong><br />

dimmable ballasts to take over the market of their non-dimmable counterpart.<br />

Figure 9-32 Dimmable ballast unit prices vs. payback periods.<br />

185


As the wireless plat<strong>for</strong>m will be made compact by integrating all components<br />

into a single chip, the only element that may not be further integrated <strong>and</strong> is not<br />

showing strong potential of price reduction is the optical component <strong>for</strong> the<br />

photosensors, i.e., the photodiodes. The photodiodes are estimated to stay at the range<br />

of $10-$15 per piece. Figure 9-33 shows the impact of the photodiode unit price on the<br />

payback period of the lighting system. It is assumed that the unit price of the dimmable<br />

ballasts is $40, <strong>and</strong> 60% average energy savings is attained by the system. The payback<br />

time of the lighting system does shorten with the price drop of photodiodes, but is not as<br />

cost-sensitive as with that of dimmable ballasts. This again verifies that the price of<br />

dimmable ballasts dominates the payback period of the proposed lighting system.<br />

Figure 9-33 Photodiode unit prices vs. payback periods.<br />

Lastly, the relationship between the unit price of the wireless plat<strong>for</strong>ms <strong>and</strong> the<br />

payback periods is presented in Figure 9-34 assuming that the dimmable ballasts are<br />

186


$40 per unit <strong>and</strong> the system achieves 60% energy savings on average. According to the<br />

plot, the payback time can be reduced to within five years if the cost on wireless<br />

plat<strong>for</strong>ms drops below $4 per unit even if the unit price of dimmable ballasts stays at<br />

$40. Although the unit price of the wireless plat<strong>for</strong>ms does not have as significant<br />

impact on the payback period as that of the dimmable ballasts, the price reduction of the<br />

wireless plat<strong>for</strong>ms will certainly shorten the payback period.<br />

Figure 9-34 <strong>Wireless</strong> plat<strong>for</strong>m unit prices vs. payback periods.<br />

187


Chapter 10 Conclusion <strong>and</strong> Future Research<br />

10.1 Conclusion<br />

This section provides the overall conclusions <strong>and</strong> findings of the research<br />

covered in this dissertation. This dissertation research has been devoted to the<br />

development of technologies <strong>for</strong> energy-efficient intelligent lighting systems harnessing<br />

wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator network technologies. Prototypes of wireless-enabled<br />

photosensors <strong>and</strong> ballast actuating interfaces were developed as a proof of concept <strong>for</strong><br />

wirelessly connected <strong>and</strong> individually addressable lighting components.<br />

Starting with sensing technologies <strong>for</strong> massive-deployed, energy-constrained<br />

<strong>and</strong> disturbance-prone small photosensors, the mote-FVF sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion<br />

algorithm presents an efficient method extracting pertinent lighting in<strong>for</strong>mation while<br />

isolating faulty or disturbed sensor readings. The adaptive sensing strategy dynamically<br />

adapts the sensing rates of the photosensors to changes in daylight, <strong>and</strong> hence optimizes<br />

the timing <strong>for</strong> energy-hungry wireless communication <strong>for</strong> real-time feedback lighting<br />

control. Moving from passively sensing to actively affecting the environment, the<br />

optimal lighting actuation algorithm delivers a lighting condition that simultaneously<br />

minimizes energy usage <strong>and</strong> satisfies occupants’ lighting preferences by leveraging the<br />

individual addressability of the wirelessly networked ballast actuation modules.<br />

The human subject test provides valuable insight <strong>and</strong> recommendations <strong>for</strong><br />

future implementation of the research system. The final integrated wireless-enabled<br />

intelligent lighting system implementation demonstrates the feasibility <strong>and</strong> superiority<br />

of the research system in terms of energy savings <strong>and</strong> user satisfaction. The encouraging<br />

188


per<strong>for</strong>mance of the current research system also points to future research directions on<br />

supervisory-level design <strong>for</strong> practical system realization <strong>and</strong> commercialization.<br />

10.1.1 <strong>Wireless</strong>-enabled <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Actuator</strong><br />

The design of photosensors with photodiodes integrating onto the wireless mote<br />

plat<strong>for</strong>ms has demonstrated the integration of wireless sensor networks to lighting<br />

technologies. The response of the photosensors was designed to closely match human<br />

eyes <strong>and</strong> be sensitive to the range of normal indoor lighting. With the much smaller<br />

size, lower unit price, <strong>and</strong> simpler deployment, the wireless photosensors have shown<br />

promise to replace traditional ceiling-mounted photosensors by being placed directly on<br />

the desktops <strong>for</strong> better estimating human perception of light.<br />

The development of wireless ballast actuation modules has explored the<br />

possibility of extending the monitoring role of typical wireless sensor networks to<br />

actuation, which actively affects the environment. In addition to the most obvious<br />

benefit of circumventing exorbitant <strong>and</strong> complicated rewiring with wireless links,<br />

individual addressability of the wireless actuation modules leads to a whole new<br />

direction of lighting control. With the capability of being dynamically configured <strong>and</strong><br />

actuated at different levels, the wirelessly enabled luminaires present the promising<br />

potential to achieve energy efficiency <strong>and</strong> user satisfaction in a more versatile yet<br />

economic way.<br />

189


10.1.2 <strong>Sensor</strong> Validation <strong>and</strong> Fusion <strong>for</strong> <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong><br />

The mote-FVF sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm exploits fuzzy logic <strong>and</strong><br />

time series exponential moving average techniques to extract pertinent in<strong>for</strong>mation from<br />

redundantly deployed sensors while rejecting faulty or disturbed sensors. The miniature<br />

wireless photosensors af<strong>for</strong>d being placed on the desktops <strong>for</strong> better estimating human<br />

perception of light. Redundancy has to be en<strong>for</strong>ced in order to account <strong>for</strong> the tendency<br />

of the tiny desktop-mounted photosensors to be disturbed. The sensor validation <strong>and</strong><br />

fusion algorithm complements the redundant-deployment strategy <strong>and</strong> returns<br />

representative fused values <strong>for</strong> lighting control purposes.<br />

The developed sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm has shown its ability to<br />

work with sensors monitoring daylight changes <strong>and</strong> can function appropriately under<br />

any possible desktop illuminance change in a daylit environment. The fused values<br />

were accurate within 5% of the gold st<strong>and</strong>ard light meter readings in the testing<br />

experiments, even in situations where some of the sensors were experiencing failures<br />

<strong>and</strong> disturbances. The maximum error ever measured between the fused value <strong>and</strong> the<br />

real illuminance was well beyond the sensitivity of human eyes. The implementation of<br />

a closed-loop lighting system using fused sensor readings as sensory feedback also<br />

demonstrated good per<strong>for</strong>mance of keeping the desktop illuminated at the desired level<br />

under the appearance of extraneous light <strong>and</strong> sensor failure.<br />

Although the mote-FVF algorithm was designed <strong>for</strong> <strong>and</strong> tested on lighting<br />

applications, it can easily be adapted to other applications where aggregated sensor<br />

values may reveal more valuable in<strong>for</strong>mation than row readings from individual<br />

190


sensors. The research in [14] presents an example of extending the mote-FVF algorithm<br />

to applications on monitoring the structure health of space vehicles.<br />

10.1.3 Autonomous Sensing with Adaptive Rate<br />

The sensing rate adaptation algorithm employs prediction models to <strong>for</strong>ecast the<br />

next incoming sensor reading based on past readings <strong>and</strong> utilizes fuzzy logic to adapt<br />

the sensing rate to the change of the environment according to the prediction error. The<br />

algorithm serves as a useful mechanism when monitoring stimulus with changing<br />

dynamics, especially if sensing is an expensive action. In the lighting application with<br />

energy-constrained photosensors operating at an ultra-low duty cycle, bringing up the<br />

processor <strong>and</strong> data acquisition unit <strong>for</strong> sensing can sacrifice the life span of a sensor<br />

node. More importantly, since real time sensory feedback is critical <strong>for</strong> lighting control<br />

purposes, frequent power-hungry wireless communication is inevitable. The adaptive<br />

sensing strategy optimizes the timing <strong>for</strong> sensing <strong>and</strong> wireless communication, <strong>and</strong><br />

ensures the resolution of the sensed in<strong>for</strong>mation <strong>for</strong> good control per<strong>for</strong>mance.<br />

Three different prediction models were evaluated <strong>for</strong> the algorithm, <strong>and</strong> all<br />

resulted in adequate prediction per<strong>for</strong>mance with minimal parameter tuning. The fuzzy<br />

rules efficiently adapted the sensing rate in response to the prediction errors to catch<br />

change in the stimulus. A test of daylight monitoring on a typical sunny day reveals that<br />

only less than 20% of the sensing action, <strong>and</strong> hence wireless communication, was<br />

required by adaptive sensing to catch all the daylight changing in<strong>for</strong>mation compared to<br />

that obtained with a fixed sensing rate at ten seconds per sample. The sensing rate was<br />

dynamically shifted between ten seconds <strong>and</strong> over five minutes per sample.<br />

191


10.1.4 Optimized <strong>Lighting</strong> Actuation <strong>and</strong> Control<br />

Leveraging the individual addressability of wireless-enabled luminaires, the<br />

optimal lighting actuation algorithm generates a set of luminaire settings that results in<br />

minimum energy usage while satisfying occupants’ lighting preferences <strong>and</strong><br />

requirements. <strong>Lighting</strong> actuation is <strong>for</strong>mulated into a linear programming problem with<br />

the overall light output from the luminaires as the objective function <strong>and</strong> occupants’<br />

lighting preferences <strong>and</strong> the physical limitations of the lighting hardware as the<br />

constraints. The solution to the linear programming problem is the set of optimal light<br />

settings that minimizes overall energy consumption <strong>and</strong> meets each user’s lighting<br />

preference.<br />

When it is possible to satisfy every individual’s lighting requirement, the<br />

algorithm has shown its power to deliver the optimal lighting in a shared-space office in<br />

real time. Under the circumstances where occupants’ competing preferences prevent the<br />

linear programming problem from finding a lighting configuration that satisfies<br />

everyone, the algorithm generates a balanced lighting that best meets everyone’s<br />

requirements.<br />

Incorporating sensory feedback through iterations, the algorithm is able to<br />

overcome uncertainties <strong>and</strong> inaccuracies <strong>and</strong> complement available extraneous light<br />

with dimmable electric light to illuminate the desktops at occupants’ preferences. In<br />

other words, the optimal lighting actuation algorithm is ready to work with sensors <strong>for</strong><br />

harvesting daylight <strong>and</strong> hence further increase energy savings.<br />

192


Other than optimizing the energy consumption, the algorithm can potentially be<br />

modified with different objective functions <strong>and</strong> constraints <strong>for</strong> other lighting<br />

applications, such as stage lighting, mood lighting, <strong>and</strong> so on.<br />

10.1.5 Human Subject Testing<br />

Two topics related to the research system were studied on human subjects:<br />

sensor placement <strong>and</strong> a comparison of the research system with a representative<br />

commercial product. Both the research <strong>and</strong> the commercial lighting regulation systems<br />

were implemented in the same small private office. Ten individuals were recruited to<br />

participate in the test.<br />

The sensor placement test studied the impact on the pertinence of the values<br />

fused by the sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm if the sensor locations are<br />

customized by the occupants. It also identified common patterns of sensor location<br />

choices made by occupants. It was found that the fused sensor readings could deviate<br />

from the task illuminance depending on how the sensors were placed. The lighting<br />

might not be evenly distributed on the entire worksurface, <strong>and</strong> hence the readings from<br />

each sensor could be inconsistent to some degree. There<strong>for</strong>e, it is recommended that<br />

occupants’ preferred lighting is expressed with respect to the fused sensor values <strong>for</strong><br />

lighting control purposes instead of referring to the pre-measured illuminance at the task<br />

area.<br />

No obvious pattern of sensor placement was observed from the test. However,<br />

the fact that at least one sensor was pushed to the corner of the desk in almost all testing<br />

cases implies that users move the sensors as far out as possible to maximize their<br />

193


working area. Furthermore, participants tended to spread the sensors rather than place<br />

them close to one another, <strong>and</strong> this natural practice helped reduce the chance of multiple<br />

sensors being disturbed at the same time.<br />

The comparison of the research <strong>and</strong> the commercial lighting regulation system<br />

tested the preferred type of overriding mechanism as well as the per<strong>for</strong>mances of the<br />

two systems. It was concluded from the participants’ feedback that overriding<br />

mechanisms are necessary even in an automatically conditioned lighting environment,<br />

which is consistent with the lighting system design guideline [52]. Various types of<br />

overriding controllers need to be provided to satisfy occupants’ diverse usage patterns<br />

<strong>and</strong> habits. The research system also showed competitive per<strong>for</strong>mance against<br />

commercial daylight systems in regulating the desktop lighting at the occupant’s<br />

preferred level.<br />

10.1.6 Integrated <strong>Wireless</strong>-enabled Intelligent <strong>Lighting</strong> System<br />

A self-configuring, multihop wireless photosensor <strong>and</strong> ballast actuator network<br />

along with the backend supporting system were realized in a small shared-space office<br />

with real occupants. Two energy-saving potentials of the integrated wireless-enabled<br />

lighting system were evaluated: energy savings generated from allowing occupants to<br />

specify their preferred lighting, <strong>and</strong> additional savings introduced by harvesting<br />

daylight.<br />

50% energy savings be<strong>for</strong>e harvesting daylight has been demonstrated in a longterm<br />

assessment simply by allowing individuals to specify <strong>and</strong> work under their<br />

preferred lighting. The percentage of savings was in comparison with the original<br />

194


lighting configuration in the office where all the lights could only be toggled on/off<br />

together. Occupants created presets of preferred lighting configurations, which were<br />

retrieved <strong>and</strong> applied to the wirelessly networked luminaires upon entering the office<br />

through a dedicated web-based GUI. The savings were generated merely from turning<br />

off the lights above unoccupied areas <strong>and</strong> dimming the lights in accordance with<br />

occupants’ actual needs.<br />

A full-spectrum artificial light was introduced to simulate daylight <strong>and</strong> to<br />

examine the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the intelligent lighting system responding to daylight. A<br />

wireless photosensor network <strong>and</strong> the optimal lighting actuation algorithm were<br />

implemented along with the wireless ballast actuator network. The integrated intelligent<br />

lighting system has successfully shown smooth <strong>and</strong> prompt response to the change of<br />

daylight while delivering light that satisfies occupants’ requirements. The illuminance<br />

on each present occupant’s desk was maintained within 5% of the specified preference,<br />

<strong>and</strong> less than 40% of energy was required in each test case to deliver the optimal<br />

lighting compared to the original all-on/off lighting configuration. Daylight harvesting<br />

alone contributed to about 5% additional savings on top of the savings from optimizing<br />

present occupants’ lighting preferences. The savings from harvesting daylight could<br />

potentially be more significant under real daylight since the simulated daylight was<br />

much weaker than natural daylight.<br />

10.2 Contribution<br />

This dissertation research has proposed a framework <strong>for</strong> energy-efficient<br />

lighting control in a shared-space office by harnessing wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator<br />

195


networks. In addition to the general notion that wireless technologies could significantly<br />

bring down the retrofitting complexity <strong>and</strong> cost, this research explores in depth the ways<br />

in which commercial lighting systems can benefit from wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator<br />

network technologies. This section summarizes the dissertation’s contributions to<br />

theoretical <strong>and</strong> applications-oriented st<strong>and</strong>points.<br />

10.2.1 Theoretical Contributions<br />

The theoretical contributions include the development of sensing <strong>and</strong> actuation<br />

strategies <strong>for</strong> applying wireless network technologies to lighting systems. The<br />

algorithms developed are lightweight <strong>and</strong> capable of being executed in real time on<br />

wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator networks. In addition to office lighting systems, a variety<br />

of sensing <strong>and</strong> actuation applications could potentially benefit from this research.<br />

The mote-FVF sensor validation <strong>and</strong> fusion algorithm is an application of fuzzy<br />

logic that extracts in<strong>for</strong>mation from redundant sensors. The fused in<strong>for</strong>mation is more<br />

valuable than that revealed by every single sensor. The intra-network sensor fusion has<br />

verified the feasibility of in-network data aggregation with the mote-FVF algorithm.<br />

The algorithm fits the massive-deployment nature of wireless sensor networks, <strong>and</strong><br />

addresses the issue of excessive <strong>and</strong> less-reliable sensor readings by condensing<br />

in<strong>for</strong>mation into fewer <strong>and</strong> trustworthy values.<br />

The autonomous sensing with adaptive rate algorithm integrates time series<br />

prediction <strong>and</strong> fuzzy logic so as to dynamically adapt the sensing rate to the change of<br />

stimuli. This algorithm adds another layer of intelligence to the smart sensor nodes by<br />

optimizing the timing <strong>for</strong> both data acquisition <strong>and</strong> the most power-hungry wireless<br />

196


communications. The adaptive sensing algorithm contributes to relieving the energy<br />

limitation issue intrinsic to wireless sensor networks from the application level while<br />

retaining good resolution of the measurements.<br />

The optimal lighting actuation algorithm exploits mathematical programming to<br />

determine the most energy-efficient light settings given present occupants’ lighting<br />

preferences. It has been recognized that densely deployed sensors could carry redundant<br />

in<strong>for</strong>mation about the monitored environment that can be aggregated using sensor<br />

fusion techniques. Likewise, the lighting optimization algorithm was pioneered to<br />

explore the idea that actions taken by each actuator in a wireless actuator network may<br />

have overlapping effects on the environment <strong>and</strong> thus should be optimized <strong>for</strong><br />

efficiency. This algorithm presents a novel way <strong>for</strong> wireless networked actuators to<br />

deliver the global optimal result, satisfying the specified objective <strong>and</strong> constraints.<br />

Although realized exclusively <strong>for</strong> lighting control, the same framework may easily be<br />

extended to actuator networks in other applications such as fire sprinkler systems,<br />

agriculture irrigation systems, etc.<br />

10.2.2 Applications-oriented Contribution<br />

The application-oriented contributions made by this research lie in the<br />

comprehensive study of integrating office lighting systems with wireless sensor <strong>and</strong><br />

actuator network technologies. Prototyping hardware <strong>and</strong> pilot implementations realized<br />

in the progress of this research have demonstrated the practicability of such an<br />

intelligent wireless lighting system.<br />

197


Although wireless lighting products have already been on the market, the<br />

functionality is confined merely to personal area manual lighting manipulation. The<br />

dissertation pioneered the system level design of an energy-efficient wireless lighting<br />

control system <strong>for</strong> shared-space offices. In addition to circumventing costly <strong>and</strong><br />

complicated retrofits as claimed by all wireless systems, the research also focused on<br />

taking advantage of the individual addressability of wireless-enabled lighting<br />

components. Possessing a similar addressability feature as its wired counterpart, DALI<br />

[54] <strong>and</strong> LonWorks [56], the research system is even more flexible <strong>and</strong> less constrained<br />

<strong>for</strong> configuring the lights to meet occupants’ preferences in an energy-efficient manner.<br />

Human subject tests conducted in this research have verified the promising<br />

per<strong>for</strong>mance of the wireless lighting system as compared to commercial products with<br />

similar functionalities. The testing result also reveals the need <strong>for</strong> a variety of overriding<br />

mechanisms even though the ultimate goal is an automatic lighting system. Users<br />

always dem<strong>and</strong> a certain degree of control over the environment in which they work,<br />

<strong>and</strong> recognizing <strong>and</strong> respecting this desire could be the key <strong>for</strong> advanced wireless<br />

lighting systems to successfully penetrate the market.<br />

10.3 Future Research<br />

The future research directions are discussed from the following three aspects:<br />

further improvement of the research system, extension of the developed lighting system,<br />

<strong>and</strong> application of the framework beyond the current domain. Enhancing the system<br />

per<strong>for</strong>mance <strong>and</strong> increasing sensing <strong>and</strong> actuation capabilities are considered as further<br />

improvements of the research system. Generating more energy savings through the<br />

198


integration of the research system with other energy management strategies or systems<br />

falls into the category of extending the developed lighting system.<br />

10.3.1 Preference Modeling <strong>and</strong> Acquisition<br />

Better acquiring <strong>and</strong> modeling occupants’ lighting preferences could further<br />

improve user satisfaction of the research system. The lighting preferences of each<br />

individual are considered as known <strong>and</strong> deterministic variables in the current system. In<br />

reality, lighting preferences could change over time, <strong>and</strong> it is impractical to acquire<br />

them with a st<strong>and</strong>-alone procedure. There<strong>for</strong>e, a non-intrusive mechanism is necessary<br />

<strong>for</strong> the system to learn <strong>and</strong> update users’ lighting preferences. The most promising way<br />

to extract lighting preferences is by examining occupants’ use of overriding<br />

mechanisms, analyzing the interactions between the occupants <strong>and</strong> the automatic<br />

lighting system <strong>and</strong> employing machine-learning techniques.<br />

Modeling lighting preferences is also critical to the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the lighting<br />

system. The lighting optimization algorithm discussed in Chapter 6 simplifies the<br />

problem by considering lighting preference as a single value representing an occupant’s<br />

ideal lighting <strong>and</strong> trying to deliver the matched lighting. However, there may be a<br />

specific range of illuminances that a person will consider ideal. In addition, people have<br />

their own judgment on different levels of lighting; some may be more willing to receive<br />

brighter light while some may prefer dimmer light when balancing the light is inevitable<br />

to satisfy everyone’s requirements. The degree of willingness also varies with<br />

individuals <strong>and</strong> tasks. A proper function that better captures each occupant’s lighting<br />

preference needs to be derived to enhance the versatility of the research lighting system.<br />

199


10.3.2 Integration with Other Sensing <strong>and</strong> Actuation Options<br />

The ability to incorporate various sensing <strong>and</strong> actuation options is the key <strong>for</strong><br />

the developed lighting system to exploit other energy management strategies <strong>and</strong><br />

guarantee higher lighting quality. The intelligent lighting control framework proposed<br />

in this dissertation makes use of photosensors to harvest daylight, <strong>and</strong> ballast actuators<br />

to deliver the optimal lighting. In addition to daylight harvesting, the addition of<br />

occupancy sensors will enable occupancy sensing strategies to facilitate more energy<br />

savings. Leveraging the massive deploying nature of wireless sensor networks,<br />

heterogeneous occupancy sensing technologies may be integrated <strong>for</strong> inferring pertinent<br />

occupancy status to overcome the annoying false-offs, a problem from which most<br />

commercial occupancy sensors suffer. Furthermore, the lighting optimization algorithm<br />

discussed in Chapter 6, which requires occupants’ locations <strong>and</strong> presences as its inputs,<br />

can also benefit from the integration of the networked occupancy detection<br />

mechanisms.<br />

In addition to the overhead dimmable fluorescent lights that this dissertation<br />

research targets, other energy-efficient electric lighting alternatives exist, such as<br />

compact fluorescent lamps (CFLs), light-emitting diode (LED) lamps, etc. Some of the<br />

lighting alternatives can potentially be more cost-effective than linear fluorescent lights<br />

since a specialized dimming ballast, which is identified as the commercialization<br />

bottleneck in Chapter 9.5.2, is not required to dim the lights. Also, different light<br />

sources may have various scopes <strong>and</strong> mounting options or locations. Generalizing the<br />

developed wireless lighting control framework to work with other lighting alternatives<br />

200


will broaden the application to different types of commercial or even residential<br />

buildings.<br />

Delivering satisfying task illuminances by properly actuating the electric lights<br />

is a critical aspect of creating quality lighting. On the other h<strong>and</strong>, glare, excessive<br />

natural light, <strong>and</strong> heat caused by direct sunlight are also factors that may jeopardize<br />

lighting quality <strong>and</strong> com<strong>for</strong>t <strong>and</strong> should not be overlooked. Blinds <strong>and</strong> windows with<br />

special treatment, such as electrochromatic windows, are mechanisms mostly used <strong>for</strong><br />

manually blocking out undesired extraneous light. Inappropriate use of the lightblocking<br />

systems not only compromises lighting com<strong>for</strong>t but also sacrifices energy<br />

savings. The actuation capability of the wireless sensor <strong>and</strong> actuator networks provides<br />

a promising solution <strong>for</strong> integrating blind <strong>and</strong> window control into automatic lighting<br />

systems. Advanced control strategies need to be developed to coordinate the control of<br />

both the electric lights <strong>and</strong> the blinds/windows <strong>for</strong> maximum lighting quality as well as<br />

energy savings.<br />

10.3.3 Integration with Other <strong>Lighting</strong> <strong>Energy</strong> Management Strategies<br />

As pointed out in Chapter 2.1.2, maximum savings will occur with a proper<br />

combination of effective energy management strategies. The current research system<br />

integrates daylight harvesting <strong>and</strong> light level tuning. While daylight harvesting<br />

possesses the highest savings potential <strong>for</strong> open-plane offices receiving significant<br />

daylight, other strategies, such as occupancy sensing discussed in the previous section,<br />

will also help cut down the energy usage.<br />

201


Dem<strong>and</strong> response, which temporarily reduces energy consumption during peak<br />

dem<strong>and</strong> hours, is currently the most discussed energy management strategy <strong>for</strong><br />

preventing blackout or brownout. Although not aimed at generating significant energy<br />

savings, dem<strong>and</strong> response is the key technology with which modern energy-efficient<br />

systems must be equipped or at least compatible. For lighting systems, load shedding<br />

translates to reducing the light below the original setting by certain amounts. Given<br />

occupants’ lighting preferences, preferably well-modeled ones as discussed in Chapter<br />

10.3.1, it would be interesting to incorporate load shedding into the research system <strong>for</strong><br />

delivering the light that least compromises the users’ preferences during the peak hours.<br />

10.3.4 Integration with the Building Management System<br />

It has become increasingly common <strong>for</strong> large-scale buildings to employ building<br />

management systems (BMS) to coordinate the mechanical <strong>and</strong> electrical systems <strong>and</strong><br />

manage energy usage. Being the largest electricity consumer among all the electrical<br />

systems in buildings as pointed out in Chapter 2.1.1, it is crucial to integrate the lighting<br />

system into building management systems.<br />

This dissertation research has focused on the energy efficiency of building<br />

lighting systems alone; however, energy usage of all the electrical <strong>and</strong> even mechanical<br />

systems of a building may be interrelated in reality. For instance, the room temperature<br />

could rise due to the incoming heat from the windows while harvesting daylight, <strong>and</strong><br />

consequently the air conditioning system has to compensate <strong>for</strong> it to ensure a<br />

com<strong>for</strong>table environment. As a result, some of the energy saved from the lighting<br />

202


system could be reallocated to operating the air conditioning system, which in turn<br />

diminishes the actual amount of energy savings.<br />

A BMS has the potential of providing higher-level supervisory control to<br />

optimize the energy usage among all the building systems. The current research lighting<br />

system needs to be made compatible with the BMS, <strong>and</strong> be capable of communicating<br />

with other electrical systems such as the heating, ventilation <strong>and</strong> air conditioning<br />

(HVAC) system <strong>for</strong> maximum possible energy savings.<br />

10.3.5 Application of the Proposed Framework in Other Domain<br />

Although targeted at generating energy savings from the fluorescent lights in<br />

commercial office buildings, the same framework could possibly be employed by other<br />

applications with reasonable revision <strong>and</strong> extension.<br />

Stage <strong>and</strong> theater lighting systems could potentially benefit from the intelligent<br />

lighting control framework. Being another lighting application, the requirements of<br />

lighting in the art <strong>and</strong> entertainment industry are very different from that in office<br />

buildings. <strong>Energy</strong> conservation may not be a priority, but other parameters such as the<br />

color <strong>and</strong> incident angle of light, background lighting, etc. can be critical in addition to<br />

the illuminance at the targeted area. Furthermore, the lighting fixtures could be moving<br />

or rotating along with the per<strong>for</strong>mers or in accordance with the scenes. Intelligently<br />

coordinating the wireless sensors <strong>and</strong> lighting actuators in real time to deliver the<br />

optimal lighting may revolutionarily simplify the current stage lighting control while<br />

retaining the same or even better results.<br />

203


Other than lighting, it would be interesting to investigate how the framework<br />

developed can be used in applications where multiple actuators with overlapping scopes<br />

are needed <strong>for</strong> monitored environments. Possible areas include disaster mitigation<br />

systems, agricultural irrigation systems, <strong>and</strong> so on. In disaster mitigation systems such<br />

as fire sprinkler systems [115, 116], the sprinklers could be coordinated to extinguish<br />

the fire at the right spots detected by the sensor network <strong>and</strong> secure emergency exit<br />

routes while preventing water damage to valuable assets in non-affected areas. In<br />

agriculture irrigation systems, water may be efficiently supplied to different areas in the<br />

field according to soil moisture monitored by the sensor network <strong>and</strong> types of crops<br />

[117, 118].<br />

The developed framework has shown great promise on lighting systems with<br />

enhanced energy efficiency <strong>and</strong> user satisfaction. With a reasonable payback period<br />

when technology matures <strong>and</strong> the system is optimized <strong>for</strong> commercialization, noticeable<br />

savings can be achieved while creating a delightful lighting environment. The payback<br />

will be generated from not only the substantially reduced use of energy, but also the<br />

increased revenue resulting from more productive employees working under satisfying<br />

lighting. As a positive impact on the environment, the introduction of the research<br />

lighting system will result in significant reduction of greenhouse gas emissions <strong>and</strong><br />

hence alleviate global warming.<br />

When applied to a broader range of applications, the framework developed in<br />

this research may have the potential to introduce benefits that are unattainable with<br />

typical practice. The ability to robustly extract pertinent in<strong>for</strong>mation from massively<br />

deployed sensors <strong>and</strong> promptly response with actions from highly coordinated actuation<br />

204


entities could be tremendously critical <strong>for</strong> many monitoring <strong>and</strong> control tasks.<br />

Per<strong>for</strong>mance art, disaster mitigation, <strong>and</strong> agriculture mentioned above are only a few<br />

fields that this research could make positive impacts on <strong>and</strong> improve the efficiency,<br />

effectiveness, <strong>and</strong> versatility of current practice.<br />

205


References<br />

[1] The Interlaboratory Working Group, "Scenarios <strong>for</strong> a Clean <strong>Energy</strong> Future:<br />

Interlaboratory Working Group on <strong>Energy</strong>-Efficient <strong>and</strong> Clean-<strong>Energy</strong><br />

Technologies," NREL/TP-620-29379; ORNL/CON-476; LBNL-44029, 2000.<br />

[2] "<strong>Energy</strong> Solution <strong>for</strong> Your Building," 2000. [Online]. Available:<br />

http://www.eere.energy.gov/buildings/info/office/index.html. [Accessed: April<br />

7, 2008].<br />

[3] M. C. W. Kintner-Meyer <strong>and</strong> R. Conant, "Opportunities of <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong>s <strong>and</strong><br />

Controls <strong>for</strong> Building Operation," in Proceedings of the 2004 ACEEE Summer<br />

Study on <strong>Energy</strong> Efficiency in Buildings, Pacific Grove, CA, 2004, pp. 3.139-<br />

3.152.<br />

[4] V. Shnayder, M. Hempstead, B.-r. Chen, G. W. Allen, <strong>and</strong> M. Welsh,<br />

"Simulating the Power Consumption of Large-Scale <strong>Sensor</strong> Network<br />

Applications," in Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on<br />

Embedded Networked <strong>Sensor</strong> Systems, Baltimore, MD, 2004, pp. 188-200.<br />

[5] O. L<strong>and</strong>siedel, K. Wehrle, <strong>and</strong> S. Gotz, "Accurate Prediction of Power<br />

Consumption in <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>," in Proceedings of the Second IEEE<br />

Workshop on Embedded Networked <strong>Sensor</strong>s (EmNetS-II), 2005, pp. 37-44.<br />

[6] P. R. Tregenza, S. M. Romaya, S. P. Dawe, L. J. Heap, <strong>and</strong> B. Tuck,<br />

"Consistency <strong>and</strong> Variation in Preferences <strong>for</strong> Office <strong>Lighting</strong>," <strong>Lighting</strong><br />

Research <strong>and</strong> Technology, vol. 6, pp. 205-211, 1974.<br />

206


[7] J. A. Veitch <strong>and</strong> G. R. Newsham, "Preferred Luminous Conditions in Open-Plan<br />

Offices: Research <strong>and</strong> Practice Recommendations," International Journal of<br />

<strong>Lighting</strong> Research <strong>and</strong> Technology, vol. 32, pp. 199-212, 2000.<br />

[8] G. Lu, B. Krishnamachari, <strong>and</strong> C. S. Raghavendra, "An Adaptive <strong>Energy</strong>-<br />

Efficient <strong>and</strong> Low-Latency MAC <strong>for</strong> Data Gathering in <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong><br />

<strong>Networks</strong>," in Proceedings of the 18th International Parallel <strong>and</strong> Distributed<br />

Processing Symposium, 2004, pp. 224-231.<br />

[9] W. Ye, J. Heidemann, <strong>and</strong> D. Estrin, "An <strong>Energy</strong>-Efficient MAC Protocol <strong>for</strong><br />

<strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>," in Proceedings of the 21st Annual Joint Conference<br />

of the IEEE Computer <strong>and</strong> Communication Societies (INFOCOM 2002). New<br />

York, NY, 2002, pp. 1567-1576.<br />

[10] I. F. Akyildiz, W. Su, Y. Sankarasubramaniam, <strong>and</strong> E. Cayirci, "<strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong><br />

<strong>Networks</strong>: A Survey," Computer <strong>Networks</strong>, vol. 38, pp. 393-422, 2002.<br />

[11] E. H. Callaway, <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>: Architectures <strong>and</strong> Protocols, 1st ed.<br />

Florida: Routledge, USA, 2003.<br />

[12] W. R. Heinzelman, A. Ch<strong>and</strong>rakasan, <strong>and</strong> H. Balakrishnan, "<strong>Energy</strong>-Efficient<br />

Communication Protocol <strong>for</strong> <strong>Wireless</strong> Micorsensor <strong>Networks</strong>," in Proceedings<br />

of the 33rd Annual Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences,<br />

Hawaii, 2000.<br />

207


[13] J. Polastre, J. Hill, <strong>and</strong> D. Culler, "Versatile Low Power Media Access <strong>for</strong><br />

<strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> Netowkrs," in Proceedings of the 2nd International Converence<br />

on Embedded Networked <strong>Sensor</strong> Systems, Baltimore, MD, 2004, pp. 95-107.<br />

[14] J. Sauvageon, A. M. Agogino, A. F. Mehr, <strong>and</strong> I. Y. Tumer, "Comparison of<br />

Event Detection Methods <strong>for</strong> Centralized <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>," in Proceedings of<br />

the IEEE <strong>Sensor</strong>s Applications Symposium (SAS 2006), Houston, TX, 2006.<br />

[15] V. Fecteau, "Commercial <strong>and</strong> Institutional Building <strong>Energy</strong> Use," Office of<br />

<strong>Energy</strong> Efficiency, Ottawa, Canada, Summary Report Survey 2000, December<br />

2003.<br />

[16] D&R International, 2007 Buildings <strong>Energy</strong> Data Book. Silver Spring: U.S.<br />

Department of <strong>Energy</strong>, 2007.<br />

[17] F. Rubinstein, J. Jennings, D. Avery, <strong>and</strong> S. Blanc, "Preliminary Results from<br />

An Advanced <strong>Lighting</strong> Controls Testbed," Journal of the Illuminating<br />

Engineering Society, vol. 28, pp. 130-141, 1999.<br />

[18] E. Mills, "Why We're Here: The $230-billion Global <strong>Lighting</strong> <strong>Energy</strong> Bill," in<br />

Proceedings of the Right Light 5, Nice, France, 2002, pp. 369-385.<br />

[19] Architectural <strong>Energy</strong> Corporation <strong>and</strong> Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory,<br />

"Retrofit Fluorescent Dimming with Integrated <strong>Lighting</strong> Control - Economic<br />

<strong>and</strong> Market Considerations," PIER <strong>Lighting</strong> Research Program, Sacramento, CA<br />

September 11 2003.<br />

208


[20] K. A. Karmel, High Per<strong>for</strong>mance Design Guild to <strong>Energy</strong>-Efficient Commercial<br />

Buildings. Fayston, VT: AIA 2004.<br />

[21] <strong>Energy</strong> In<strong>for</strong>mation Administration, "Commercial Buildings <strong>Energy</strong><br />

Consumption Survey (CBECS)," 2007. [Online]. Available:<br />

http://www.eia.doe.gov/emeu/cbecs/contents.html. [Accessed: June 4, 2008].<br />

[22] G. R. Newsham <strong>and</strong> J. A. Veitch, "Individual Control over Office <strong>Lighting</strong>:<br />

Perceptions, Choices <strong>and</strong> <strong>Energy</strong> Savings," in Construction Technology<br />

Updates, 1998.<br />

[23] D. Maniccia, B. Rutledge, M. S. Rea, <strong>and</strong> W. Morrow, "Occupant Use of<br />

Manual <strong>Lighting</strong> Controls in Private Offices," in Proceedings of the Illuminating<br />

Engineering Society of North America 1998 Annual Conference, New York,<br />

NY, 1998, pp. 490-512.<br />

[24] B. VonNeida, D. Maniccia, <strong>and</strong> A. Tweed, "An Analysis of the <strong>Energy</strong> <strong>and</strong> Cost<br />

Savings Potential of Occupancy <strong>Sensor</strong>s <strong>for</strong> Commercial <strong>Lighting</strong> Systems,"<br />

Journal of the Illuminating Engineering Society, vol. 30, pp. 111-125, 2001.<br />

[25] C. DiLouie, "<strong>Lighting</strong> Automation Becomes the Norm," <strong>Lighting</strong> Strategies -<br />

Online Exclusive, 2004. [Online]. Available:<br />

http://www.buildings.com/articles/detail.aspx?contentID=1979. [Accessed: June<br />

5, 2008].<br />

[26] P. Littlefair, "Daylight Linked <strong>Lighting</strong> Control in the Building Regulations,"<br />

Building Research Establishment Ltd CR399/99, June 1999.<br />

209


[27] F. Rubinstein, D. Avery, J. Jennings, <strong>and</strong> S. Blanc, "On the calibration <strong>and</strong><br />

commissioning of lighting controls," presented at Right Light 4 Conference,<br />

Copenhagen, Denmark, 1997.<br />

[28] K. S. J. Pister, J. M. Kahn, <strong>and</strong> B. E. Boser, "Smart Dust: <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Networks</strong> of<br />

Millimeter-Scale <strong>Sensor</strong> Nodes," 1999.<br />

[29] Moteiv Corporation, "Tmote Sky Brochure," 2005. [Online]. Available:<br />

http://www.sentilla.com/pdf/eol/tmote-sky-brochure.pdf. [Accessed: June 6,<br />

2008].<br />

[30] "SNM - The <strong>Sensor</strong> Network Museum," 2007. [Online]. Available:<br />

http://www.btnode.ethz.ch/Projects/<strong>Sensor</strong>NetworkMuseum. [Accessed: June 6,<br />

2008].<br />

[31] Crossbow Technology Inc., "Product Reference Guide - End to end Solutions<br />

<strong>for</strong> <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>," 2007. [Online]. Available:<br />

http://www.xbow.com/Support/Support_pdf_files/Product_Feature_Reference_<br />

Chart.pdf. [Accessed: March 10, 2008].<br />

[32] T. Bokareva, "Mini Hardware Survey," [Online]. Available:<br />

http://www.cse.unsw.edu.au/~sensar/hardware/hardware_survey.html.<br />

[Accessed: August 10, 2008].<br />

[33] "Body <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>: Resource: Hardware Plat<strong>for</strong>ms," 2007. [Online].<br />

Available: http://ubimon.doc.ic.ac.uk/bsn/index.php?m=206. [Accessed: August<br />

10, 2008].<br />

210


[34] P. Levis, S. Madden, J. Polastre, R. Szewczyk, K. Whitehouse, A. Woo, D. Gay,<br />

J. Hill, M. Welsh, E. Brewer, <strong>and</strong> D. Culler, "Tinyos: An operating system <strong>for</strong><br />

sensor networks," in Ambient Intelligence, W. Weber, J. M. Rabaey, <strong>and</strong> E.<br />

Aarts, Eds. New York: Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2005, pp. 115-148.<br />

[35] B. W. Cook, S. Lanzisera, <strong>and</strong> K. S. J. Pister, "Soc Issues <strong>for</strong> RF Smart Dust,"<br />

Proceedings of the IEEE, vol. 94, pp. 1177-1196, 2006.<br />

[36] B. W. Cook, A. Molnar, <strong>and</strong> K. S. J. Pister, "Low Power RF Design <strong>for</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong><br />

<strong>Networks</strong>," in Proceedings of the Radio Frequency Integrated Circuits (RFIC)<br />

Symposium, 2005, pp. 357-360.<br />

[37] A. Witvrouw, A. Mehta, A. Verbist, B. Du Bois, S. Van Aerde, J. Ramos-<br />

Martos, J. Ceballos, A. Ragel, J. M. Mora, M. A. Lagos, A. Arias, J. M.<br />

Hinoiosa, J. Spengler, C. Leinenbach, T. Fuchs, <strong>and</strong> S. Kronmuller, "Processing<br />

of MEMS Gyroscopes on Top of CMOS ICs," in Proceedings of the<br />

Proceedings of the IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference (ISCC),<br />

2005, pp. 88-89.<br />

[38] T. Denison, J. Kuang, J. Shafran, M. Judy, <strong>and</strong> K. Lundberg, "A Self-Resonant<br />

MEMS-based Electrostatic Field <strong>Sensor</strong> with 4V/m/Hz Sensitivity," in<br />

Proceedings of the Proceedings of the IEEE International Soild-State Circuits<br />

Conference, 2006, pp. 1121-1130.<br />

[39] Eidgenossishe Technische Hochschule Zurich, "BTnode rev3 - Product Brief,"<br />

2006. [Online]. Available:<br />

211


http://www.btnode.ethz.ch/pub/files/btnode_rev3.24_productbrief.pdf.<br />

[Accessed: July 19, 2008].<br />

[40] Intel, "Intel Mote 2 Overview," [Online]. Available:<br />

http://www.intel.com/research/downloads/imote_overview.pdf. [Accessed: July<br />

19, 2008].<br />

[41] Dust <strong>Networks</strong> Inc., "SmartMesh-XR Evaluation Kit," 2005. [Online].<br />

Available: http://www.dustnetworks.com/docs/Evaluation_Kit.pdf. [Accessed:<br />

July 19, 2008].<br />

[42] Sensicast System Inc., "SensiNet - The <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> Network," 2006.<br />

[Online].<br />

Available:<br />

http://www.sensicast.com/datasheet_<strong>for</strong>m.php?deliver_resource=SensiNet%20B<br />

rochure0906-101706.pdf. [Accessed: July 19, 2008].<br />

[43] S. Lindsey <strong>and</strong> C. S. Raghavendra, "PEGASIS: Power-Efficient Gathering in<br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> In<strong>for</strong>mation Systems," in Proceedings of the IEEE Areospace<br />

Conference, 2002, pp. 3-1125 - 3-1130.<br />

[44] R. Verdone, D. Dardari, G. Mazzini, <strong>and</strong> A. Conti, <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>Actuator</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>: Technologies, Analysis <strong>and</strong> Design. London, UK: Elsevier<br />

Ltd., 2008.<br />

[45] A. Mainwaring, D. Culler, J. Polastre, R. Szewczyk, <strong>and</strong> J. Anderson, "<strong>Wireless</strong><br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong> <strong>for</strong> Habitat Monitoring," in Proceedings of the 1st ACM<br />

212


International Workshop on <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong> <strong>and</strong> Applications, Atlanta,<br />

GA, 2002, pp. 88-97.<br />

[46] J. A. Stankovic, Q. Cao, T. Doan, L. Fang, Z. He, R. Kiran, S. Lin, S. Son, R.<br />

Stoleru, <strong>and</strong> A. Wood, "<strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong> <strong>for</strong> In-Home Healthcare:<br />

Potential <strong>and</strong> Challenges," in Proceedings of the High Confidence Medical<br />

Device Software <strong>and</strong> Systems (HCMDSS) Workshop, Philadelphia, PA, 2005.<br />

[47] M. Fogel, N. Burkhart, H. Ren, J. Schiff, M. Meng, <strong>and</strong> K. Goldberg,<br />

"Automated Tracking of Pallets in Warehouses: Beacon Layout <strong>and</strong> Asymmetric<br />

Ultrasound Observation Models," in Proceedings of the IEEE International<br />

Conference on Automation Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering, Scottsdale, AZ, 2007, pp.<br />

678-685.<br />

[48] W. Chen, L. Chen, Z. Chen, <strong>and</strong> S. Tu, "WITS: A <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> Network <strong>for</strong><br />

Intelligent Transportation System," in Proceedings of the 1st International<br />

Multi-Symposiums on Computer <strong>and</strong> Computational Sciences (IMSCCS'06),<br />

Hangzhou, China, 2006, pp. 635-641.<br />

[49] J. D. Huang, C. S. Yeh, C. S. Chen, C. K. Lee, <strong>and</strong> W. J. Wu, "Design <strong>and</strong><br />

Inplementation of a <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> Network <strong>for</strong> Smary Living Spaces," in<br />

Proceedings of the <strong>Sensor</strong>s <strong>and</strong> Smart Structures Technologies <strong>for</strong> Civil,<br />

Mechanical, <strong>and</strong> Aerospace Systems 2008, San Diego, CA, 2008, pp. 69323P-1<br />

- 69323P-9.<br />

213


[50] P. Hochmuth, "GM Cuts the Cords to Cut Costs," TechWorld, 2005. [Online].<br />

Available:<br />

http://www.techworld.com/mobility/features/index.cfm?featureid=1530.<br />

[Accessed: July 21, 2008].<br />

[51] I. F. Akyildiz <strong>and</strong> I. H. Kasimoglu, "<strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>and</strong> Actor <strong>Networks</strong>:<br />

Research Challenges," Ad Hoc <strong>Networks</strong>, vol. 2, pp. 351-367, 2004.<br />

[52] N. Morel, "Daylight <strong>and</strong> Electric <strong>Lighting</strong> Control Systems Design Guide,"<br />

International <strong>Energy</strong> Agency Solar Heating & Cooling Programme Task 31,<br />

April 17 2005.<br />

[53] F. Rubinstein, S. Johnson, <strong>and</strong> P. Pettler, "IBECS: An Integrated Building<br />

Environmental Communications System - It's Not Your Father's Network," in<br />

Proceedings of the ACEEE Summer Study, Pacific Grove, CA, 2000.<br />

[54] [DALI AG] Digital Addressable <strong>Lighting</strong> Interface Activity Group, DALI<br />

Manual. Frankfurt am Main: DALI AG of ZVEI, Division Luminaires, 2001.<br />

[55] L. Meyer, "An Introduction to Digital Addressable <strong>Lighting</strong> Interface (DALI)<br />

Systems & Study of a DALI Daylighting Application," MS Thesis, Kansas State<br />

University, Manhattan, 2007.<br />

[56] Echelon Corporation, Introduction to the LonWorks System. Palo Alto, CA,<br />

1999.<br />

214


[57] LonMark International, "Fact Sheet: Control Technology <strong>for</strong> Future<br />

Generations." [Online]. Available:<br />

http://www.lonmark.com/connection/solutions/fact%5Fsheets/ControlTechnolog<br />

yForFutureGenerations1.pdf. [Accessed: June 9, 2008].<br />

[58] F. O'Reilly <strong>and</strong> J. Buckley, "Use of <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong> <strong>for</strong> Fluorescent<br />

<strong>Lighting</strong> Control with Daylight Substitution," in Proceedings of the Workshop<br />

on Real-World <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>, Stockholm, Sweden, 2005.<br />

[59] D. Teasdale, F. Rubinstein, D. S. Watson, <strong>and</strong> S. Purdy, "Adapting <strong>Wireless</strong><br />

Technology to <strong>Lighting</strong> Control <strong>and</strong> Environmental Sensing," July 2006.<br />

[60] "Adura Technologies," 2008. [Online]. Available:<br />

http://www.aduratech.com/index.php. [Accessed: June 10, 2008].<br />

[61] Center <strong>for</strong> the Built Environment (CBE), "Development of a Prototype <strong>Wireless</strong><br />

<strong>Lighting</strong> Control System," 2008. [Online]. Available:<br />

http://www.cbe.berkeley.edu/research/wireless_lighting.htm. [Accessed: June<br />

10, 2008].<br />

[62] V. Singhvi, A. Krause, C. Guestrin, James H. Garrett, Jr., <strong>and</strong> H. S. Matthews,<br />

"Intelligent light control using sensor networks," in Proceedings of the 3rd<br />

international conference on Embedded networked sensor systems, San Diego,<br />

Cali<strong>for</strong>nia, USA, 2005.<br />

[63] "X10 Powerline Carrier (PLC) Technology," [Online]. Available:<br />

http://www.x10.com/support/technology1.htm. [Accessed: June 10, 2008].<br />

215


[64] S.-F. Li, "<strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Actuator</strong> Network <strong>for</strong> <strong>Lighting</strong> Monitoring <strong>and</strong><br />

Control Application," in Proceedings of the IEEE Consumer Communications<br />

<strong>and</strong> Networking Conference, Las Vegas, NV, 2006, pp. 974-978.<br />

[65] B. Ahlgren, L. Eggert, B. Ohlman, <strong>and</strong> A. Schieder, "Ambient <strong>Networks</strong>:<br />

Bridging Heterogeneous Network Domains," in Proceedings of the 16th Annual<br />

IEEE International Symposium on Personal Indoor <strong>and</strong> Mobile Radio<br />

Communications (PIMRC 2005), Berlin, Germany, 2005.<br />

[66] J. Gr<strong>and</strong>erson, "Human-Centered <strong>Sensor</strong>-Based Bayesian Control: Increased<br />

<strong>Energy</strong> Efficiency <strong>and</strong> User Satisfaction in Commercial <strong>Lighting</strong>," PhD<br />

Dissertation, University of Cali<strong>for</strong>nia, Berkeley, 2007.<br />

[67] R. D. Shachter, "Evaluating Influence Diagrams," Operations Research, vol. 34,<br />

pp. 871-882, 1986.<br />

[68] H. Park, J. Burke, <strong>and</strong> M. B. Srivastava, "Design <strong>and</strong> Implementation of a<br />

<strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> Network <strong>for</strong> Intelligent Light Control," in Proceedings of the<br />

6th International Conference on In<strong>for</strong>mation Processing in <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>,<br />

Cambridge, MA, 2007, pp. 370-379.<br />

[69] H. Park, J. Friedman, P. Gutierrez, V. Samanta, J. Burke, <strong>and</strong> M. B. Srivastava,<br />

"Illumimote: Multimodal <strong>and</strong> High-Fidelity Light <strong>Sensor</strong> Module <strong>for</strong> <strong>Wireless</strong><br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>," <strong>Sensor</strong>s Journal, IEEE, vol. 7, pp. 996-1003, 2007.<br />

[70] D. L. Hall <strong>and</strong> J. Llinas, "An Introduction to Multisensor Data Fusion,"<br />

Proceedings of the IEEE, vol. 85, pp. 6-23, 1997.<br />

216


[71] S. Sahni <strong>and</strong> X. Xu, "Algorithms <strong>for</strong> <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>," International<br />

Journal of Distributed <strong>Sensor</strong> Netoworks, vol. 1, pp. 35-56, 2005.<br />

[72] L. Lamport, R. Shostak, <strong>and</strong> M. Pease, "The Byzantine Generals Problem,"<br />

ACM Transactions on Programming Languages <strong>and</strong> Systems (TOPLAS), vol. 4,<br />

pp. 382-401, 1982.<br />

[73] S. Alag, A. M. Agogino, <strong>and</strong> M. Morjaria, "A Methodology <strong>for</strong> Intelligent<br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> Measurement, Validation, Fusion, <strong>and</strong> Fault Detection <strong>for</strong> Equipment<br />

Monitoring <strong>and</strong> Diagnostics," Artificial Intelligence <strong>for</strong> Engineering Design,<br />

Analysis <strong>and</strong> Manufacturing, vol. 15, pp. 307-320, 2001.<br />

[74] H. F. Durrant-Whyte, B. Y. S. Rao, <strong>and</strong> H. Hu, "Toward a Fully Decentralized<br />

Architecture <strong>for</strong> Multi-<strong>Sensor</strong> Data Fusion," in Proceedings of the Proceedings<br />

of 1990 IEEE International Conference of Robotics <strong>and</strong> Automation, Cincinnati,<br />

OH, 1990.<br />

[75] S. Alag, K. Goebel, <strong>and</strong> A. M. Agogino, "A Methodology <strong>for</strong> Intelligent <strong>Sensor</strong><br />

Validation <strong>and</strong> Fusion Used in Tracking <strong>and</strong> Avoidance of Objects <strong>for</strong><br />

Automated Vehicles," in Proceedings of the American Control Conference,<br />

Seattle, WA, 1995, pp. 3647-3653.<br />

[76] K. Bernardin, K. Ogawara, K. Ikeuchi, <strong>and</strong> R. Dillmann, "A <strong>Sensor</strong> Fusion<br />

Approach <strong>for</strong> Recognizing Continuous Human Grasping Sequences Using<br />

Hidden Markov Models," IEEE Transactions on Robotics, vol. 21, pp. 47-57,<br />

2005.<br />

217


[77] Y. Zhou <strong>and</strong> H. Leung, "A Maximum Likelihood Approach <strong>for</strong> Multisensor<br />

Data Fusion Applications," in Proceedings of the SPIE on <strong>Sensor</strong> Fusion:<br />

Architectures, Algorithms, <strong>and</strong> Applications II, Orl<strong>and</strong>o, FL, 1998, pp. 186-194.<br />

[78] H. Wu, M. Siegel, R. Stiefelhagen, <strong>and</strong> J. Yang, "<strong>Sensor</strong> Fusion Using<br />

Dempster-Shafer Theory," in Proceedings of the 19th IEEE Instrumentation <strong>and</strong><br />

Measurement Technology Conference, Anchorage, AK, 2002, pp. 7-12.<br />

[79] K. Goebel <strong>and</strong> A. M. Agogino, "An Architecture <strong>for</strong> Fuzzy <strong>Sensor</strong> Validation<br />

<strong>and</strong> Fusion <strong>for</strong> Vehicle Following in Automated Highways," in Proceedings of<br />

the 29th International Symposium on Automotive Technology <strong>and</strong> Automation<br />

(ISATA), Florence, Italy, 1996, pp. 202-209.<br />

[80] K. Goebel <strong>and</strong> A. Agogino, "Fuzzy <strong>Sensor</strong> Fusion <strong>for</strong> Gas Turbine Power<br />

Plants," in Proceedings of the SPIE, <strong>Sensor</strong> Fusion: Architecture, Algorithms,<br />

<strong>and</strong> Applications III, Orl<strong>and</strong>o, Florida, 1999, pp. 52-61.<br />

[81] H. Durrant-Whyte <strong>and</strong> M. Stevens, "Data Fusion in Decentralised Sensing<br />

<strong>Networks</strong>," in Proceedings of the 4th International Conference on In<strong>for</strong>mation<br />

Fusion, Montreal, Canada, 2001, pp. 302-307.<br />

[82] W. Yuan, S. V. Krishnamurthy, <strong>and</strong> S. K. Tripathi, "Synchronization of Multiple<br />

Levels of Data Fusion in <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>," in Proceedings of the<br />

IEEE Global Telecommunications Conference, 2003, pp. 221-225.<br />

[83] R. Kumar, M. Wolenetz, B. Agarwalla, J. Shin, P. Hutto, A. Paul, <strong>and</strong> U.<br />

Ramach<strong>and</strong>ran, "DFuse: A Framework <strong>for</strong> Distributed Data Fusion," in<br />

218


Proceedings of the 1st International Conference of Embedded Networked <strong>Sensor</strong><br />

Systems, Los Angeles, CA, 2003, pp. 114-125.<br />

[84] R. Jiang <strong>and</strong> B. Chen, "Fusion of Censored Decisions in <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong><br />

<strong>Networks</strong>," IEEE Transactions on <strong>Wireless</strong> Communications, vol. 4, pp. 2668-<br />

2673, 2005.<br />

[85] L. A. Zadeh, "Fuzzy Sets," In<strong>for</strong>mation <strong>and</strong> Control, vol. 8, pp. 338-353, 1965.<br />

[86] B. Kosko, Fuzzy Engineering. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1997.<br />

[87] G. B. Dantzig, Linear Programming <strong>and</strong> Extenstions, 3rd ed. Princeton, NJ:<br />

Princeton University Press, 1968.<br />

[88] R. J. V<strong>and</strong>erbei, Linear Programming: Foundations <strong>and</strong> Extensions, 2nd ed.<br />

Norwell, MA: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2001.<br />

[89] P. Prajitno <strong>and</strong> N. Mort, "A Fuzzy Model-based Multi-<strong>Sensor</strong> Data Fusion<br />

System," Proceedings of SPIE on <strong>Sensor</strong> Fusion: Architectures, Algorithms, <strong>and</strong><br />

Applications, vol. 4385, pp. 301-312, 2001.<br />

[90] M. Abdelrahman, P. K<strong>and</strong>asamy, <strong>and</strong> J. Frolik, " A methodology <strong>for</strong> the fusion<br />

of redundant sensors," in Proceedings of the American Control Conference,<br />

Chicago, Illinois, 2000, pp. 2922-2926.<br />

[91] J. Harris, An Introduction to Fuzzy Logic Applications. Norwell, MA: Kluwer<br />

Academic Publishers, 2000.<br />

219


[92] P. S. Khedkar <strong>and</strong> S. Keshav, "Fuzzy Prediction of Timeseries," in Proceedings<br />

of the IEEE International Conference on Fuzzy Systems, San Diego, Cali<strong>for</strong>nia,<br />

1992, pp. 281-288.<br />

[93] A. D. Marbini <strong>and</strong> L. E. Sacks, "Adaptive Sampling Mechanisms in <strong>Sensor</strong><br />

<strong>Networks</strong>," in Proceedings of the London Communications Symposium, London,<br />

UK, 2003.<br />

[94] A. Jain <strong>and</strong> E. Y. Chang, "Adaptive Sampling <strong>for</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>," in<br />

Proceedings of the First Workshop on Data Management <strong>for</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong><br />

(DMSN 2004), Toronto, Canada, 2004, pp. 10-16.<br />

[95] C. DiLouie, "<strong>Lighting</strong> <strong>and</strong> Productivity: Missing Link Found?," Architectural<br />

<strong>Lighting</strong> Magazine, vol. Sep/Oct, 2003. [Online]. Available:<br />

http://www.archlighting.com/industrynews.asp?articleID=453031&sectionID=0.<br />

[Accessed: October 1, 2007].<br />

[96] T. Moore, D. J. Carter, <strong>and</strong> A. Slater, "A Qualitative Study of Occupant<br />

Controlled Office <strong>Lighting</strong>," <strong>Lighting</strong> Research <strong>and</strong> Technology, vol. 35, pp.<br />

297-314, 2003.<br />

[97] C. O'Rourke, "Dimming Electronic Ballasts," in Specifier Reports, vol. 7:<br />

National <strong>Lighting</strong> Product In<strong>for</strong>mation Program, 1999.<br />

[98] RADIANCE Synthetic Imaging System. [Computer software]. Berkeley, CA:<br />

Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, 2006. Retrieved March 10, 2008.<br />

Available from http://radsite.lbl.gov/radiance/index.html.<br />

220


[99] SPOT: <strong>Sensor</strong> Placement + Optimization Tool. [Computer Software]. Boulder,<br />

CO: Architectural <strong>Energy</strong> Corporation, 2006. Retrieved March 5, 2008.<br />

Available from http://www.archenergy.com/SPOT.<br />

[100] Y. Akashi <strong>and</strong> J. Neches, "Detectability <strong>and</strong> Acceptability of Illuminance<br />

Reduction <strong>for</strong> Load Shedding," Journal of the Illuminating Engineering Society,<br />

vol. 33, pp. 3-13, 2004.<br />

[101] Hamamatsu Photonics, "Si Photodiode S7686," [Online]. Available:<br />

http://sales.hamamatsu.com/en/products/solid-state-division/si-photodiodeseries/si-photodiode/part-s7686.php.<br />

[Accessed: Feburary 8, 2005].<br />

[102] Advance Trans<strong>for</strong>mer Technical Staff, IZT-2S32-SC Electrical Specifications:<br />

Advance Trans<strong>for</strong>mer, 2003.<br />

[103] D. Loe <strong>and</strong> P. Davidson, "A Holistic Approach to <strong>Lighting</strong> Design," 1997.<br />

[Online].<br />

Available:<br />

http://www.iaeel.org/IAEEL/NEWSL/1997/tva1997/DesAppl_b_2_97.html.<br />

[Accessed: July 2, 2008].<br />

[104] C. DiLouie, "Good Controls Design Key to Saving <strong>Energy</strong> with Daylighting,"<br />

2005. [Online]. Available:<br />

http://www.aboutlightingcontrols.org/education/papers/daylighting.shtml.<br />

[Accessed: July 2, 2008].<br />

221


[105] J. Nielsen <strong>and</strong> R. Molich, "Heuristic Evaluation of User Interfaces," in<br />

Proceedings of the SIGCHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing<br />

Systems: Empowering People, Seattle, WA, 1990, pp. 249-256.<br />

[106] J. Nielsen, "Enhancing the Explanatory Power of Usability Heuristics," in<br />

Proceedings of the SIGCHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing<br />

Systems: Celebrating Interdependence, Boston, MA, 1994, pp. 152-158.<br />

[107] T. M<strong>and</strong>el, The Elements of User Interface Design. New York, NY: John Wiley<br />

& Sons, Inc., 1997.<br />

[108] J. T. Bonnell, "Green <strong>Lighting</strong>: <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Lighting</strong> Systems Integration <strong>for</strong><br />

Significant <strong>Energy</strong> Savings," M.S. thesis, University of Cali<strong>for</strong>nia, Berkeley,<br />

2008.<br />

[109] R. Embrechts <strong>and</strong> C. V. Bellegem, "Increased <strong>Energy</strong> Savings by Individual<br />

Light Control," in Proceedings of the Right Light 4, Copenhagen, 1997, pp. 179-<br />

182.<br />

[110] The IESNA <strong>Lighting</strong> H<strong>and</strong>book, Reference & Application, 9th ed. New York,<br />

NY: The Illuminating Engineering Society of North America, 2000.<br />

[111] F32 T8 TL735 ALTO Production Family Description: Philips, 2008.<br />

[112] "GE Ecolux® Starcoat® T8 " 2008. [Online]. Available:<br />

http://genet.gelighting.com/LightProducts/Dispatcher?REQUEST=COMMERCI<br />

ALSPECPAGE&PRODUCTCODE=26667. [Accessed: September 11, 2008].<br />

222


[113] Advance Trans<strong>for</strong>mer Technical Staff, REL-4P32-LW-SC Electrical<br />

Specifications: Advance Trans<strong>for</strong>mer, 2004.<br />

[114] J. Luna-Camara, "Electric Power Monthly," <strong>Energy</strong> In<strong>for</strong>mation Administration,<br />

Washington, DC DOE/EIA-0226, July 2008.<br />

[115] M. Bromann, The Design <strong>and</strong> Layout of Fire Sprinler Systems, 2 ed. Lancaster,<br />

PA: CRC Press, 2001.<br />

[116] R. Burke, Fire Protection: Systems <strong>and</strong> Response, 1 ed. Boca Raton, FL: CRC<br />

Press, 2007.<br />

[117] M. Delwiche, R. Coates, R. Evans, <strong>and</strong> L. Oki, "Progress Report <strong>for</strong> Slosson<br />

Endowment: Precision Irrigation in L<strong>and</strong>scapes bu <strong>Wireless</strong> Network,"<br />

University of Cali<strong>for</strong>nia, Davis, Davis, CA 2007.<br />

[118] J. McCulloch, P. McCarthy, S. M. Guru, W. Peng, D. Hugo, <strong>and</strong> A. Terhorst,<br />

"<strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> Network Deployment <strong>for</strong> Water Use Efficiency in Irrigation,"<br />

in Proceedings of the Workshop on Real-World <strong>Wireless</strong> <strong>Sensor</strong> <strong>Networks</strong>,<br />

Glasgow, Scotl<strong>and</strong>, 2008, pp. 46-50.<br />

[119] Advance Trans<strong>for</strong>mer Technical Staff, IZT-4S32 Electrical Specifications:<br />

Advance Trans<strong>for</strong>mer, 2003.<br />

223


Appendix<br />

Appendix A<br />

Electronic Circuit Schematics<br />

A.1 Circuit Schematics of Photosensor Board <strong>for</strong> MICA <strong>and</strong> MICA2<br />

224


A.2 Circuit Schematics of Photosensor Board <strong>for</strong> Tmote Sky<br />

225


A.3 Circuit Schematics of the First Generation <strong>Wireless</strong> Actuation Module<br />

226


A.4 Circuit Schematics of the Second Generation <strong>Wireless</strong> Actuation Module<br />

227


A.5 Circuit Schematics of the Third Generation <strong>Wireless</strong> Actuation Module<br />

228


Appendix B<br />

Human Subject Test<br />

B.1 Complete <strong>Sensor</strong> Placement Test Data<br />

(a)<br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 1<br />

(b)<br />

(a)<br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 2<br />

(b)<br />

229


(a)<br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 3<br />

(b)<br />

(a)<br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 4<br />

(b)<br />

(a)<br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 5<br />

230<br />

(b)


(a)<br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 6<br />

(b)<br />

(a)<br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 7<br />

(b)<br />

(a)<br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 8<br />

231<br />

(b)


(a)<br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 9<br />

(b)<br />

(a)<br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> placement of subject No. 10<br />

(b)<br />

232


B.2 Comparison of System Per<strong>for</strong>mance <strong>and</strong> User Interface Test Procedure<br />

Testing Procedures <strong>for</strong> Participants First Exposed to the Research System<br />

(1) Participants start with the initial desktop illuminance of 500 lux under the<br />

research system, use the GUI controller to set the lighting to a com<strong>for</strong>table level,<br />

<strong>and</strong> begin working on the task of their choosing.<br />

(2) At the 5 th , 10 th <strong>and</strong> 15 th minute the lights are dimmed or brightened by the<br />

investigator. This is to encourage participant override to return the lights to a<br />

com<strong>for</strong>table level.<br />

(3) At the 20 th minute the investigator will stop the first set of the experiment <strong>and</strong><br />

ask the participant to take a 10-minute rest outside the office. Meanwhile, the<br />

investigator will resume the remaining procedure of the sensor placement<br />

experiment <strong>and</strong> gather photosensor <strong>and</strong> light meter measurement as described in<br />

previous section. Be<strong>for</strong>e the participant enters the office again <strong>for</strong> the second set<br />

of 20-minute experiment, the investigator switches the light to commercial<br />

photosensor-dimming system <strong>and</strong> set the initial light level at 500 lux on the<br />

desktop. Participants will be asked to use the remote controller to override the<br />

initial condition to a com<strong>for</strong>table level after settling <strong>for</strong> the remaining<br />

experiment.<br />

(4) At the 5 th , 10 th <strong>and</strong> 15 th minute of the second set experiment the lights are again<br />

dimmed or brightened by the investigator using a second remote controller<br />

without notifying the participants.<br />

233


(5) At the 20 th minute the test ends, the participant is debriefed <strong>and</strong> interviewed, <strong>and</strong><br />

their questionnaire is collected.<br />

Testing Procedures <strong>for</strong> Participants First Exposed to the Commercial System<br />

(1) Participants start with the commercial system with the initial desktop illuminance<br />

of 500 lux, use the remote controller to override the initial condition to a<br />

com<strong>for</strong>table level, <strong>and</strong> begin working on the task of their choosing.<br />

(2) At the 5 th , 10 th <strong>and</strong> 15 th minute the lights are again dimmed or brightened by the<br />

investigator using a second remote control, without notifying the participants.<br />

(3) At the 20 th minute the investigator will stop the first set of the experiment <strong>and</strong><br />

ask the participant to take a 10-minute rest outside the office. Meanwhile, the<br />

investigator will switch the lighting to the mote-based research system, <strong>and</strong> set<br />

the initial desktop illuminance to 500 lux. Participants will be asked to use the<br />

GUI to override the initial condition to a com<strong>for</strong>table level after settling <strong>for</strong> the<br />

remaining experiment.<br />

(4) At the 5 th , 10 th <strong>and</strong> 15 th minute of the second set experiment the lights are<br />

dimmed or brightened by the investigator with the GUI at the investigator station.<br />

(5) At the 20th minute the test ends, the participant is debriefed <strong>and</strong> interviewed, <strong>and</strong><br />

their questionnaire is collected.<br />

(6) After the participant leave, the investigator will resume the remaining procedure<br />

of the sensor placement experiment <strong>and</strong> gather photosensor <strong>and</strong> light meter<br />

measurement as described in previous section.<br />

234


B.3 Summary of the Responses from the Questionnaires<br />

<strong>Sensor</strong> Placement<br />

I'd like to be able to choose sensor<br />

locations if working in an office<br />

with automated lighting<br />

Although I made my best ef<strong>for</strong>t, I<br />

am still uncom<strong>for</strong>table with the<br />

sensor arrangement<br />

Although I made my best ef<strong>for</strong>t, to<br />

place the sensors, I couldn't avoid<br />

accidentally toughing or shading<br />

them<br />

Response<br />

Totally agree 7<br />

Partially agree 2<br />

Neither agree nor disagree 1<br />

Partially disagree 0<br />

Totally disagree 0<br />

Totally agree 0<br />

Partially agree 3<br />

Neither agree nor disagree 3<br />

Partially disagree 2<br />

Totally disagree 2<br />

Totally agree 0<br />

Partially agree 4<br />

Neither agree nor disagree 1<br />

Partially disagree 2<br />

Totally disagree 3<br />

235


Comparison of System Per<strong>for</strong>mance <strong>and</strong> User Interface<br />

It was easy to learn how<br />

to use the overriding<br />

controller<br />

I was easily able to set<br />

my desired illuminance<br />

with the overriding<br />

controller<br />

I felt com<strong>for</strong>table<br />

working under this<br />

lighting system<br />

The ability of the<br />

system to maintain my<br />

chosen lighting was:<br />

Watt Stopper<br />

commercial system<br />

with h<strong>and</strong>held remote<br />

overriding controller<br />

Mote-based research<br />

system with GUI<br />

overriding controller<br />

Totally agree 9 9<br />

Partially agree 1 1<br />

Neither agree nor disagree 0 0<br />

Partially disagree 0 0<br />

Totally disagree 0 0<br />

Totally agree 4 8<br />

Partially agree 4 2<br />

Neither agree nor disagree 0 0<br />

Partially disagree 1 0<br />

Totally disagree 1 0<br />

Totally agree 5 8<br />

Partially agree 4 2<br />

Neither agree nor disagree 0 0<br />

Partially disagree 0 0<br />

Totally disagree 1 0<br />

1 (poor) 0 0<br />

2 0 0<br />

3 0 0<br />

4 0 0<br />

5 3 2<br />

6 5 4<br />

7 (excellent) 1 4<br />

Comparing the two<br />

overriding controllers I<br />

prefer:<br />

H<strong>and</strong>held remote<br />

overriding controller<br />

GUI controller<br />

No Response<br />

7 2 1<br />

Other than different types of override, the two systems<br />

per<strong>for</strong>med differently<br />

Yes No No Response<br />

6 3 1<br />

236


B.4 Human Subject Test Approval Letter<br />

237


238


B.5 Human Subject Test Protocol Narrative<br />

239


240


241


242


243


244


245


246


247


B.6 Human Subject Test Consent Form<br />

248


249


250


B.7 Human Subject Test Questionnaire<br />

251


252


253


254


B.8 Human Subject Test Interview Script<br />

The following statements will be reminded to the interviewee, “You have the right to<br />

choose not to respond to any of my questions. Please do feel free to refuse to answer.”<br />

1. How do you like the system you were tested?<br />

2. What are the pros <strong>and</strong> cons you felt or observed about the system during the<br />

test?<br />

3. If you were the developer of the system, how would you like to improve the<br />

system?<br />

4. Was there anything that made you feel disturbing or uncom<strong>for</strong>table during the<br />

test?<br />

5. When using the GUI controller, did you use the slide bar or the step up/down<br />

buttons? Which one do you like better?<br />

6. How did you return the light back? According to your memory or chose another<br />

com<strong>for</strong>table setting?<br />

If the subjected is observed to have some unanticipated behaviors, questions regarding<br />

those behaviors will be asked. The followings are questions in response to some of the<br />

possible scenarios:<br />

7. (Suppose the subject stood up <strong>and</strong> stretched during the test.)<br />

Is st<strong>and</strong>ing up <strong>and</strong> stretching your usual way to relax during work? If not, was it<br />

the lighting or the environment that made you feel tired easily?<br />

8. (Suppose the subject tried to override the lighting during the test.)<br />

Was the illuminance provided by the automation system too much or not enough<br />

<strong>for</strong> you to work with?<br />

9. (Suppose the subject frequently looked up <strong>and</strong> check the light fixture during the<br />

test.)<br />

Did you feel the light changing all the time during the test? If so, was it very<br />

disturbing because it changed too frequently or too fast?<br />

10. (Suppose the subject seemed to be in a trance most of the time during the test.)<br />

Was it because of the light or the environment that prevented you from<br />

concentrating on your tasks?<br />

11. (Suppose the subject rubbed his eyes frequently during the test.)<br />

Is rubbing your eyes one of your bad habits? If not, did your eyes feel dry or<br />

uncom<strong>for</strong>table because of the light? Was it due to the light changing too<br />

frequently or because the illuminance was just not what you used to work with?<br />

255


Appendix C<br />

Cost Analysis<br />

C.1 Average Illuminance Calculation Sheet<br />

GENERAL INFORMATION<br />

Average maintained illuminance <strong>for</strong> design: 500 lux Lamp data:<br />

Luminaire data:<br />

Type <strong>and</strong> color: T8 3500K<br />

Manufacturer: Lithonia <strong>Lighting</strong> Number of luminaire: 4<br />

Catalog number: 2M432A12 Total lumens per luminaire: 10,640<br />

SECTION OF COEFFICIENT OF UTILIZATION<br />

Step 1: Fill in sketch at right.<br />

Step 2: Determine Cavity Ratios<br />

Room Cavity Ratio, RCR = 1.375<br />

Ceiling Cavity Ratio, CCR = 1.375<br />

Floor Cavity Ratio, FCR = 1.375<br />

Step 3: Obtain Effective Ceiling Cavity Reflectance ( CC ). CC = 70%<br />

Step 4: Obtain Effective Floor Cavity Reflectance ( FC ). FC = 19%<br />

Step 5: Obtain Coefficient of Utilization (CU) from Manufacturer’s Data. CU = 0.66<br />

SELECTION OF LIGHT LOSS FACTORS<br />

Unrecoverable<br />

Recoverable<br />

Luminaire ambient temperature: 1.0 Room Surface dirt depreciation (RSDD): 1.0<br />

Voltage to luminaire: 1.0 Lamp lumen depreciation (LLD): 1.0<br />

Ballast factor: 0.88 Lamp burnouts factor (LBO): 1.0<br />

256


Luminaire surface depreciation: 1.0 Luminaire dirt depreciation (LDD): 0.85<br />

Total light loss factor, LLF (product of individual factors above): 0.748<br />

CALCULATIONS<br />

(Average Maintained Illumination Level)<br />

( Maintained Illuminance) Area of Room<br />

Number of Luminaires =<br />

( Lumens per Luminaire) ( CU) ( LLF)<br />

( )<br />

( 500) ( 15 10)<br />

=<br />

= 14.27 15<br />

( 10,640) ( 0.66) ( 0.748) 257


C.2 Example of System Payback Period Calculation<br />

If the 15-person 150m 2 office considered in Chapter 9.5.1 is retrofitted with the<br />

research system, the actuation decisions will change according to the amount of<br />

available daylight, occupancy status, <strong>and</strong> present occupants’ preferences. The annual<br />

energy consumption is approximated using the following set of assumptions:<br />

a. The average preferred task illuminance is 400 lux (4/5 of the maximum<br />

illuminance) 80% of the time, <strong>and</strong> only 20% of the time do the occupants<br />

require maximum illuminance <strong>for</strong> special tasks.<br />

b. The office is roughly divided into three zones according to daylight availability.<br />

The zones are parallel to the south-facing windows as typical practice of<br />

daylight harvesting. 1/3 of the office area (designated as zone 1) receives<br />

significant daylight throughout the day; 1/3 of the office area (designated as<br />

zone 2) is located toward the building core with respect to zone 1, <strong>and</strong> receives<br />

less daylight than zone 1; there is very low daylight penetration in the remaining<br />

1/3 of the office area (designated as zone 3).<br />

c. Each daylight zone contains five luminaires. The average daily available<br />

daylight in each zone is estimated as in Table C-1.<br />

d. The office is half occupied during lunch hour (12-1pm) <strong>and</strong> off hours (7-8am<br />

<strong>and</strong> 6-9pm) <strong>and</strong> is fully occupied during regular hours.<br />

258


Table C-1 Daylight reception duration in each zone.<br />

Available daylight* % Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3<br />

100% 8 hours 0 hour 0 hour<br />

80% 1 hour 4 hours 0 hour<br />

60% 1 hour 3 hours 0 hour<br />

40% 1 hour 2 hours 4 hours<br />

20% 1 hour 2 hours 2 hours<br />

0% 2 hours 3 hours 8 hours<br />

* With respect to the maximum possible illuminance provided by the electric light<br />

alone.<br />

Note: Due to the lack of existing lighting statistics of the room considered, the<br />

above numbers were approximated from the simulation of daylight reception in<br />

such an office located in San Francisco using SPOT [99]. The exact number may<br />

vary in practice.<br />

To take the first two assumptions into account simultaneously when estimating<br />

lighting energy consumption, consider the worst-case scenario where the maximum<br />

illuminance requested in assumption (a) occurs during the evening when no daylight is<br />

available. In order to incorporate the assumption (d) with the feature of the system that<br />

optimizes lighting actuation according to occupancy status as discussed in Chapter 6,<br />

the power consumption during lunch <strong>and</strong> off hours is considered to be half of that<br />

during regular hours. The electric light, <strong>and</strong> hence the ballast power, needed <strong>for</strong><br />

compensating insufficient daylight in each zone can thus be summarized in Table C-2.<br />

The energy consumption of the system is estimated at 2209.35 kWh as the calculation<br />

shows in Figure C-1. The annual consumption of the retrofitted office is only about<br />

41% of the one with traditional wall switch control. In other words, the energy savings<br />

generated by the intelligent lighting system is 59%.<br />

259


Table C-2 Ballast power drawing duration in each zone<br />

Ballast Power % (W) Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3<br />

0% (0W) 8.5 hours 3.5 hours 0 hour<br />

20% (~39W) 1 hour 3 hours 0 hour<br />

40% (~59W) 0.5 hour 2 hours 3.5 hours<br />

60% (~77W) 0.5 hour 1.5 hours 2 hours<br />

80% (~97W) 0 hour 0.5 hour 5 hours<br />

100% (~116W) 1 hours 1 hours 1 hours<br />

Note: The ballast power is only an estimation as no official in<strong>for</strong>mation is<br />

provided by any manufacturer. The minimum <strong>and</strong> maximum input power of the<br />

ballast used in this estimation is from the spec sheet cited in [119].<br />

Figure C-1 Calculation of annual energy consumption.<br />

260


At the rate of 9.62 cents per kWh as used in the analysis in Chapter 9.5.1, the<br />

annual electricity cost <strong>for</strong> the intelligent control is $213. Compared to the original nondimmable<br />

control with $515 annual cost, use of the research system in a 15-occupant<br />

office generates $302 savings. The payback period <strong>for</strong> implementing the intelligent<br />

lighting system in this particular office is six years.<br />

The energy savings could be much greater, since worst-case <strong>and</strong> conservative<br />

assumptions were used in the calculation. Recall that all the requests <strong>for</strong> the maximum<br />

possible illuminance were defined to occur during the night. Moreover, it was assumed<br />

that the office was fully occupied during regular hours; more energy could be saved as<br />

the lighting <strong>for</strong> absent occupants would be discounted by the system. It should also be<br />

noted that these calculations <strong>and</strong> estimates do not take into consideration the savings<br />

due to the implementation of other lighting energy management strategies that could be<br />

integrated into the system, such as load shedding.<br />

261

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!